-avoid-version

sqlite3$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la sqlite3.h
	$(LTLINK) $(READLINE_FLAGS) \
		-o $@ $(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la \
		$(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS) -rpath "$(libdir)"




mptester$(EXE):	sqlite3.c $(TOP)/mptest/mptest.c
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ -I. $(TOP)/mptest/mptest.c sqlite3.c \
		$(TLIBS) -rpath "$(libdir)"

MPTEST1=./mptester$(EXE) mptest.db $(TOP)/mptest/crash01.test --repeat 20
MPTEST2=./mptester$(EXE) mptest.db $(TOP)/mptest/multiwrite01.test --repeat 20
mptest:	mptester$(EXE)

		-avoid-version

sqlite3$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la sqlite3.h
	$(LTLINK) $(READLINE_FLAGS) \
		-o $@ $(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la \
		$(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS) -rpath "$(libdir)"

sqldiff$(EXE):	$(TOP)/tool/sqldiff.c sqlite3.c sqlite3.h
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ $(TOP)/tool/sqldiff.c	sqlite3.c $(TLIBS)

mptester$(EXE):	sqlite3.c $(TOP)/mptest/mptest.c
	$(LTLINK) -o $@ -I. $(TOP)/mptest/mptest.c sqlite3.c \
		$(TLIBS) -rpath "$(libdir)"

MPTEST1=./mptester$(EXE) mptest.db $(TOP)/mptest/crash01.test --repeat 20
MPTEST2=./mptester$(EXE) mptest.db $(TOP)/mptest/multiwrite01.test --repeat 20
mptest:	mptester$(EXE)

# If necessary, create a list of harmless compiler warnings to disable when
# compiling the various tools.  For the SQLite source code itself, warnings,
# if any, will be disabled from within it.
#
!IFNDEF NO_WARN
!IF $(USE_FULLWARN)!=0
NO_WARN = -wd4054 -wd4055 -wd4100 -wd4127 -wd4152 -wd4189 -wd4206 -wd4210
NO_WARN = $(NO_WARN) -wd4232 -wd4244 -wd4305 -wd4306 -wd4702 -wd4706
!ENDIF
!ENDIF

# Set this non-0 to use the library paths and other options necessary for
# Windows Phone 8.1.
#
!IFNDEF USE_WP81_OPTS
................................................................................
!ENDIF

# The mksqlite3c.tcl script accepts some options on the command
# line.  When compiling with debugging enabled, some of these
# options are necessary in order to allow debugging symbols to
# work correctly with Visual Studio when using the amalgamation.
#

!IF $(DEBUG)>1
MKSQLITE3C_ARGS = --linemacros
!ELSE
MKSQLITE3C_ARGS =

!ENDIF

# Define -DNDEBUG to compile without debugging (i.e., for production usage)
# Omitting the define will cause extra debugging code to be inserted and
# includes extra comments when "EXPLAIN stmt" is used.
#
!IF $(DEBUG)==0
................................................................................

libtclsqlite3.lib:	tclsqlite.lo libsqlite3.lib
	$(LTLIB) $(LTLIBOPTS) $(LTLIBPATHS) /OUT:$@ tclsqlite.lo libsqlite3.lib $(LIBTCL:tcl=tclstub) $(TLIBS)

sqlite3.exe:	$(TOP)\src\shell.c $(SHELL_CORE_DEP) $(LIBRESOBJS) sqlite3.h
	$(LTLINK) $(SHELL_COMPILE_OPTS) $(READLINE_FLAGS) $(TOP)\src\shell.c \
		/link /pdb:sqlite3sh.pdb $(LTLINKOPTS) $(SHELL_LINK_OPTS) $(LTLIBPATHS) $(LIBRESOBJS) $(LIBREADLINE) $(LTLIBS) $(TLIBS)




mptester.exe:	$(TOP)\mptest\mptest.c $(SHELL_CORE_DEP) $(LIBRESOBJS) sqlite3.h
	$(LTLINK) $(SHELL_COMPILE_OPTS) $(TOP)\mptest\mptest.c \
		/link $(LTLINKOPTS) $(LTLIBPATHS) $(SHELL_LINK_OPTS) $(LIBRESOBJS) $(LIBREADLINE) $(LTLIBS) $(TLIBS)

MPTEST1 = mptester mptest.db $(TOP)/mptest/crash01.test --repeat 20
MPTEST2 = mptester mptest.db $(TOP)/mptest/multiwrite01.test --repeat 20

mptest:	mptester.exe
	del /Q mptest.db 2>NUL
	$(MPTEST1) --journalmode DELETE
	$(MPTEST2) --journalmode WAL
	$(MPTEST1) --journalmode WAL
	$(MPTEST2) --journalmode PERSIST
................................................................................

queryplantest:	testfixture.exe sqlite3.exe
	.\testfixture.exe $(TOP)\test\permutations.test queryplanner

test:	testfixture.exe sqlite3.exe
	.\testfixture.exe $(TOP)\test\veryquick.test




sqlite3_analyzer.c: $(SQLITE3C) $(TOP)\src\test_stat.c $(TOP)\src\tclsqlite.c $(TOP)\tool\spaceanal.tcl
	copy $(SQLITE3C) + $(TOP)\src\test_stat.c + $(TOP)\src\tclsqlite.c $@
	echo static const char *tclsh_main_loop(void){ >> $@
	echo static const char *zMainloop = >> $@
	$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)\tool\tostr.awk $(TOP)\tool\spaceanal.tcl >> $@
	echo ; return zMainloop; } >> $@

# If necessary, create a list of harmless compiler warnings to disable when
# compiling the various tools.  For the SQLite source code itself, warnings,
# if any, will be disabled from within it.
#
!IFNDEF NO_WARN
!IF $(USE_FULLWARN)!=0
NO_WARN = -wd4054 -wd4055 -wd4100 -wd4127 -wd4130 -wd4152 -wd4189 -wd4206
NO_WARN = $(NO_WARN) -wd4210 -wd4232 -wd4244 -wd4305 -wd4306 -wd4702 -wd4706
!ENDIF
!ENDIF

# Set this non-0 to use the library paths and other options necessary for
# Windows Phone 8.1.
#
!IFNDEF USE_WP81_OPTS
................................................................................
!ENDIF

# The mksqlite3c.tcl script accepts some options on the command
# line.  When compiling with debugging enabled, some of these
# options are necessary in order to allow debugging symbols to
# work correctly with Visual Studio when using the amalgamation.
#
!IFNDEF MKSQLITE3C_ARGS
!IF $(DEBUG)>1
MKSQLITE3C_ARGS = --linemacros
!ELSE
MKSQLITE3C_ARGS =
!ENDIF
!ENDIF

# Define -DNDEBUG to compile without debugging (i.e., for production usage)
# Omitting the define will cause extra debugging code to be inserted and
# includes extra comments when "EXPLAIN stmt" is used.
#
!IF $(DEBUG)==0
................................................................................

libtclsqlite3.lib:	tclsqlite.lo libsqlite3.lib
	$(LTLIB) $(LTLIBOPTS) $(LTLIBPATHS) /OUT:$@ tclsqlite.lo libsqlite3.lib $(LIBTCL:tcl=tclstub) $(TLIBS)

sqlite3.exe:	$(TOP)\src\shell.c $(SHELL_CORE_DEP) $(LIBRESOBJS) sqlite3.h
	$(LTLINK) $(SHELL_COMPILE_OPTS) $(READLINE_FLAGS) $(TOP)\src\shell.c \
		/link /pdb:sqlite3sh.pdb $(LTLINKOPTS) $(SHELL_LINK_OPTS) $(LTLIBPATHS) $(LIBRESOBJS) $(LIBREADLINE) $(LTLIBS) $(TLIBS)

sqldiff.exe:	$(TOP)\tool\sqldiff.c sqlite3.c sqlite3.h
	$(LTLINK) $(TOP)\tool\sqldiff.c sqlite3.c

mptester.exe:	$(TOP)\mptest\mptest.c $(SHELL_CORE_DEP) $(LIBRESOBJS) sqlite3.h
	$(LTLINK) $(SHELL_COMPILE_OPTS) $(TOP)\mptest\mptest.c \
		/link $(LTLINKOPTS) $(LTLIBPATHS) $(SHELL_LINK_OPTS) $(LIBRESOBJS) $(LIBREADLINE) $(LTLIBS) $(TLIBS)

MPTEST1 = mptester mptest.db $(TOP)\mptest\crash01.test --repeat 20
MPTEST2 = mptester mptest.db $(TOP)\mptest\multiwrite01.test --repeat 20

mptest:	mptester.exe
	del /Q mptest.db 2>NUL
	$(MPTEST1) --journalmode DELETE
	$(MPTEST2) --journalmode WAL
	$(MPTEST1) --journalmode WAL
	$(MPTEST2) --journalmode PERSIST
................................................................................

queryplantest:	testfixture.exe sqlite3.exe
	.\testfixture.exe $(TOP)\test\permutations.test queryplanner

test:	testfixture.exe sqlite3.exe
	.\testfixture.exe $(TOP)\test\veryquick.test

smoketest:	testfixture.exe
	.\testfixture.exe $(TOP)\test\main.test

sqlite3_analyzer.c: $(SQLITE3C) $(TOP)\src\test_stat.c $(TOP)\src\tclsqlite.c $(TOP)\tool\spaceanal.tcl
	copy $(SQLITE3C) + $(TOP)\src\test_stat.c + $(TOP)\src\tclsqlite.c $@
	echo static const char *tclsh_main_loop(void){ >> $@
	echo static const char *zMainloop = >> $@
	$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)\tool\tostr.awk $(TOP)\tool\spaceanal.tcl >> $@
	echo ; return zMainloop; } >> $@

3.8.9

3.8.10

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for sqlite 3.8.9.
#
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
................................................................................
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_VERSION='3.8.9'
PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.8.9'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures sqlite 3.8.9 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................
  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.8.9:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
sqlite configure 3.8.9
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62

Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.8.9, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................

exec 6>&1

# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.8.9, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@
................................................................................
$config_commands

Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_version="\\
sqlite config.status 3.8.9
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62,
  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for sqlite 3.8.10.
#
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
................................................................................
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_VERSION='3.8.10'
PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.8.10'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures sqlite 3.8.10 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................
  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.8.10:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
sqlite configure 3.8.10
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62

Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.8.10, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................

exec 6>&1

# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.8.10, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@
................................................................................
$config_commands

Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_version="\\
sqlite config.status 3.8.10
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62,
  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

#endif

static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
    Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **);








/* 
** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes.
** The number of bytes written is returned.
*/
int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
  unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
................................................................................
  if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){
    int iIn = 1;                  /* Index of next byte to read from input */
    int iOut = 0;                 /* Index of next byte to write to output */

    /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */
    if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';  

    while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){
      if( z[iIn]==quote ){
        if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break;
        z[iOut++] = quote;
        iIn += 2;
      }else{
        z[iOut++] = z[iIn++];
      }
................................................................................
*/
static int fts3ContentColumns(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (i.e. "main", "temp" etc.) */
  const char *zTbl,               /* Name of content table */
  const char ***pazCol,           /* OUT: Malloc'd array of column names */
  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Size of array *pazCol */
  int *pnStr                      /* OUT: Bytes of string content */

){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
  char *zSql;                     /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */  
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Compiled version of zSql */

  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl);
  if( !zSql ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);



  }
  sqlite3_free(zSql);

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    const char **azCol;           /* Output array */
    int nStr = 0;                 /* Size of all column names (incl. 0x00) */
    int nCol;                     /* Number of table columns */
................................................................................
    sqlite3_free(zCompress); 
    sqlite3_free(zUncompress); 
    zCompress = 0;
    zUncompress = 0;
    if( nCol==0 ){
      sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); 
      aCol = 0;
      rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent, &aCol, &nCol, &nString);

      /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id
      ** column from the aCol[] array. */ 
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){
        int j;
        for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
          if( sqlite3_stricmp(zLanguageid, aCol[j])==0 ){
................................................................................
    case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]);
    case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]);
    case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
    case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
  }
  if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){
    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext);


  }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
    sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken);
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3

#endif

static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
    Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **);

#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
# if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
int sqlite3Fts3Always(int b) { assert( b ); return b; }
int sqlite3Fts3Never(int b)  { assert( !b ); return b; }
# endif
#endif

/* 
** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes.
** The number of bytes written is returned.
*/
int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
  unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
................................................................................
  if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){
    int iIn = 1;                  /* Index of next byte to read from input */
    int iOut = 0;                 /* Index of next byte to write to output */

    /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */
    if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';  

    while( z[iIn] ){
      if( z[iIn]==quote ){
        if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break;
        z[iOut++] = quote;
        iIn += 2;
      }else{
        z[iOut++] = z[iIn++];
      }
................................................................................
*/
static int fts3ContentColumns(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
  const char *zDb,                /* Name of db (i.e. "main", "temp" etc.) */
  const char *zTbl,               /* Name of content table */
  const char ***pazCol,           /* OUT: Malloc'd array of column names */
  int *pnCol,                     /* OUT: Size of array *pazCol */
  int *pnStr,                     /* OUT: Bytes of string content */
  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: error message */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
  char *zSql;                     /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */  
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;        /* Compiled version of zSql */

  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl);
  if( !zSql ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
    }
  }
  sqlite3_free(zSql);

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    const char **azCol;           /* Output array */
    int nStr = 0;                 /* Size of all column names (incl. 0x00) */
    int nCol;                     /* Number of table columns */
................................................................................
    sqlite3_free(zCompress); 
    sqlite3_free(zUncompress); 
    zCompress = 0;
    zUncompress = 0;
    if( nCol==0 ){
      sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); 
      aCol = 0;
      rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent,&aCol,&nCol,&nString,pzErr);

      /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id
      ** column from the aCol[] array. */ 
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){
        int j;
        for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
          if( sqlite3_stricmp(zLanguageid, aCol[j])==0 ){
................................................................................
    case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]);
    case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]);
    case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
    case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
  }
  if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){
    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext);
  }else if( nToken==0 ){
    sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
  }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
    sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken);
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3

/*
** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or
** false.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
# define ALWAYS(x) (1)
# define NEVER(X)  (0)





#else
# define ALWAYS(x) (x)
# define NEVER(x)  (x)
#endif

/*
** Internal types used by SQLite.

/*
** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or
** false.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
# define ALWAYS(x) (1)
# define NEVER(X)  (0)
#elif defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# define ALWAYS(x) sqlite3Fts3Always((x)!=0)
# define NEVER(x) sqlite3Fts3Never((x)!=0)
int sqlite3Fts3Always(int b);
int sqlite3Fts3Never(int b);
#else
# define ALWAYS(x) (x)
# define NEVER(x)  (x)
#endif

/*
** Internal types used by SQLite.

	$(AR) libsqlite3.a $(LIBOBJ)
	$(RANLIB) libsqlite3.a

sqlite3$(EXE):	$(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h
	$(TCCX) $(READLINE_FLAGS) -o sqlite3$(EXE)                  \
		$(TOP)/src/shell.c                                  \
		libsqlite3.a $(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS) $(THREADLIB)





mptester$(EXE):	sqlite3.c $(TOP)/mptest/mptest.c
	$(TCCX) -o $@ -I. $(TOP)/mptest/mptest.c sqlite3.c \
		$(TLIBS) $(THREADLIB)

MPTEST1=./mptester$(EXE) mptest.db $(TOP)/mptest/crash01.test --repeat 20
MPTEST2=./mptester$(EXE) mptest.db $(TOP)/mptest/multiwrite01.test --repeat 20

	$(AR) libsqlite3.a $(LIBOBJ)
	$(RANLIB) libsqlite3.a

sqlite3$(EXE):	$(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h
	$(TCCX) $(READLINE_FLAGS) -o sqlite3$(EXE)                  \
		$(TOP)/src/shell.c                                  \
		libsqlite3.a $(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS) $(THREADLIB)

sqldiff$(EXE):	$(TOP)/tool/sqldiff.c sqlite3.c sqlite3.h
	$(TCCX) -o sqldiff$(EXE) -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 \
		$(TOP)/tool/sqldiff.c	sqlite3.c $(TLIBS) $(THREADLIB)

mptester$(EXE):	sqlite3.c $(TOP)/mptest/mptest.c
	$(TCCX) -o $@ -I. $(TOP)/mptest/mptest.c sqlite3.c \
		$(TLIBS) $(THREADLIB)

MPTEST1=./mptester$(EXE) mptest.db $(TOP)/mptest/crash01.test --repeat 20
MPTEST2=./mptester$(EXE) mptest.db $(TOP)/mptest/multiwrite01.test --repeat 20

# Scan for "case OP_aaaa:" lines in the vdbe.c file
/^case OP_/ {
  name = $2
  sub(/:/,"",name)
  sub("\r","",name)
  op[name] = -1       # op[x] holds the numeric value for OP symbol x
  jump[name] = 0
  out2_prerelease[name] = 0
  in1[name] = 0
  in2[name] = 0
  in3[name] = 0
  out2[name] = 0
  out3[name] = 0
  for(i=3; i<NF; i++){
    if($i=="same" && $(i+1)=="as"){
................................................................................
      sameas[val] = sym
      def[val] = name
    }
    x = $i
    sub(",","",x)
    if(x=="jump"){
      jump[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="out2-prerelease"){
      out2_prerelease[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="in1"){
      in1[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="in2"){
      in2[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="in3"){
      in3[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="out2"){
................................................................................
  #  bit 1:     pushes a result onto stack
  #  bit 2:     output to p1.  release p1 before opcode runs
  #
  for(i=0; i<=max; i++){
    name = def[i]
    a0 = a1 = a2 = a3 = a4 = a5 = a6 = a7 = 0
    if( jump[name] ) a0 = 1;
    if( out2_prerelease[name] ) a1 = 2;
    if( in1[name] ) a2 = 4;
    if( in2[name] ) a3 = 8;
    if( in3[name] ) a4 = 16;
    if( out2[name] ) a5 = 32;
    if( out3[name] ) a6 = 64;
    bv[i] = a0+a1+a2+a3+a4+a5+a6+a7;
  }
  print "\n"
  print "/* Properties such as \"out2\" or \"jump\" that are specified in"
  print "** comments following the \"case\" for each opcode in the vdbe.c"
  print "** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:"
  print "*/"
  print "#define OPFLG_JUMP            0x0001  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */"
  print "#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002  /* out2-prerelease: */"
  print "#define OPFLG_IN1             0x0004  /* in1:   P1 is an input */"
  print "#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0008  /* in2:   P2 is an input */"
  print "#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0010  /* in3:   P3 is an input */"
  print "#define OPFLG_OUT2            0x0020  /* out2:  P2 is an output */"
  print "#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0040  /* out3:  P3 is an output */"
  print "#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\\"
  for(i=0; i<=max; i++){
    if( i%8==0 ) printf("/* %3d */",i)
    printf " 0x%02x,", bv[i]
    if( i%8==7 ) printf("\\\n");
  }
  print "}"

# Scan for "case OP_aaaa:" lines in the vdbe.c file
/^case OP_/ {
  name = $2
  sub(/:/,"",name)
  sub("\r","",name)
  op[name] = -1       # op[x] holds the numeric value for OP symbol x
  jump[name] = 0

  in1[name] = 0
  in2[name] = 0
  in3[name] = 0
  out2[name] = 0
  out3[name] = 0
  for(i=3; i<NF; i++){
    if($i=="same" && $(i+1)=="as"){
................................................................................
      sameas[val] = sym
      def[val] = name
    }
    x = $i
    sub(",","",x)
    if(x=="jump"){
      jump[name] = 1


    }else if(x=="in1"){
      in1[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="in2"){
      in2[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="in3"){
      in3[name] = 1
    }else if(x=="out2"){
................................................................................
  #  bit 1:     pushes a result onto stack
  #  bit 2:     output to p1.  release p1 before opcode runs
  #
  for(i=0; i<=max; i++){
    name = def[i]
    a0 = a1 = a2 = a3 = a4 = a5 = a6 = a7 = 0
    if( jump[name] ) a0 = 1;

    if( in1[name] ) a2 = 2;
    if( in2[name] ) a3 = 4;
    if( in3[name] ) a4 = 8;
    if( out2[name] ) a5 = 16;
    if( out3[name] ) a6 = 32;
    bv[i] = a0+a1+a2+a3+a4+a5+a6;
  }
  print "\n"
  print "/* Properties such as \"out2\" or \"jump\" that are specified in"
  print "** comments following the \"case\" for each opcode in the vdbe.c"
  print "** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:"
  print "*/"
  print "#define OPFLG_JUMP            0x0001  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */"

  print "#define OPFLG_IN1             0x0002  /* in1:   P1 is an input */"
  print "#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0004  /* in2:   P2 is an input */"
  print "#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0008  /* in3:   P3 is an input */"
  print "#define OPFLG_OUT2            0x0010  /* out2:  P2 is an output */"
  print "#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0020  /* out3:  P3 is an output */"
  print "#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\\"
  for(i=0; i<=max; i++){
    if( i%8==0 ) printf("/* %3d */",i)
    printf " 0x%02x,", bv[i]
    if( i%8==7 ) printf("\\\n");
  }
  print "}"

/* The suffix to append to the child command lines, if any */
#if defined(_WIN32)
# define GETPID (int)GetCurrentProcessId
#else
# define GETPID getpid
#endif








/* Mark a parameter as unused to suppress compiler warnings */
#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x)  (void)x

/* Global data
*/
static struct Global {
................................................................................
  }
}

/* Return a pointer to the tail of a filename
*/
static char *filenameTail(char *z){
  int i, j;
  for(i=j=0; z[i]; i++) if( z[i]=='/' ) j = i+1;
  return z+j;
}

/*
** Interpret zArg as a boolean value.  Return either 0 or 1.
*/
static int booleanValue(char *zArg){
................................................................................
    **
    ** Run a subscript from a separate file.
    */
    if( strcmp(zCmd, "source")==0 ){
      char *zNewFile, *zNewScript;
      char *zToDel = 0;
      zNewFile = azArg[0];
      if( zNewFile[0]!='/' ){
        int k;
        for(k=(int)strlen(zFilename)-1; k>=0 && zFilename[k]!='/'; k--){}
        if( k>0 ){
          zNewFile = zToDel = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*s/%s", k,zFilename,zNewFile);
        }
      }
      zNewScript = readFile(zNewFile);
      if( g.iTrace ) logMessage("begin script [%s]\n", zNewFile);
      runScript(0, 0, zNewScript, zNewFile);
................................................................................
}

/* Print a usage message for the program and exit */
static void usage(const char *argv0){
  int i;
  const char *zTail = argv0;
  for(i=0; argv0[i]; i++){
    if( argv0[i]=='/' ) zTail = argv0+i+1;
  }
  fprintf(stderr,"Usage: %s DATABASE ?OPTIONS? ?SCRIPT?\n", zTail);
  exit(1);
}

/* Report on unrecognized arguments */
static void unrecognizedArguments(
................................................................................
    ){
      printf("Changing journal mode to DELETE from %s", zJMode);
      zJMode = "DELETE";
    }
#endif
    runSql("PRAGMA journal_mode=%Q;", zJMode);
  }

  sqlite3_enable_load_extension(g.db, 1);
  sqlite3_busy_handler(g.db, busyHandler, 0);
  sqlite3_create_function(g.db, "vfsname", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
                          vfsNameFunc, 0, 0);
  sqlite3_create_function(g.db, "eval", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
                          evalFunc, 0, 0);
  g.iTimeout = DEFAULT_TIMEOUT;
  if( g.bSqlTrace ) sqlite3_trace(g.db, sqlTraceCallback, 0);
  if( !g.bSync ) trySql("PRAGMA synchronous=OFF");
  if( iClient>0 ){
    if( n>0 ) unrecognizedArguments(argv[0], n, argv+2);
    if( g.iTrace ) logMessage("start-client");
    while(1){
      char *zTaskName = 0;
      rc = startScript(iClient, &zScript, &taskId, &zTaskName);
      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) break;

/* The suffix to append to the child command lines, if any */
#if defined(_WIN32)
# define GETPID (int)GetCurrentProcessId
#else
# define GETPID getpid
#endif

/* The directory separator character(s) */
#if defined(_WIN32)
# define isDirSep(c) (((c) == '/') || ((c) == '\\'))
#else
# define isDirSep(c) ((c) == '/')
#endif

/* Mark a parameter as unused to suppress compiler warnings */
#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x)  (void)x

/* Global data
*/
static struct Global {
................................................................................
  }
}

/* Return a pointer to the tail of a filename
*/
static char *filenameTail(char *z){
  int i, j;
  for(i=j=0; z[i]; i++) if( isDirSep(z[i]) ) j = i+1;
  return z+j;
}

/*
** Interpret zArg as a boolean value.  Return either 0 or 1.
*/
static int booleanValue(char *zArg){
................................................................................
    **
    ** Run a subscript from a separate file.
    */
    if( strcmp(zCmd, "source")==0 ){
      char *zNewFile, *zNewScript;
      char *zToDel = 0;
      zNewFile = azArg[0];
      if( !isDirSep(zNewFile[0]) ){
        int k;
        for(k=(int)strlen(zFilename)-1; k>=0 && !isDirSep(zFilename[k]); k--){}
        if( k>0 ){
          zNewFile = zToDel = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*s/%s", k,zFilename,zNewFile);
        }
      }
      zNewScript = readFile(zNewFile);
      if( g.iTrace ) logMessage("begin script [%s]\n", zNewFile);
      runScript(0, 0, zNewScript, zNewFile);
................................................................................
}

/* Print a usage message for the program and exit */
static void usage(const char *argv0){
  int i;
  const char *zTail = argv0;
  for(i=0; argv0[i]; i++){
    if( isDirSep(argv0[i]) ) zTail = argv0+i+1;
  }
  fprintf(stderr,"Usage: %s DATABASE ?OPTIONS? ?SCRIPT?\n", zTail);
  exit(1);
}

/* Report on unrecognized arguments */
static void unrecognizedArguments(
................................................................................
    ){
      printf("Changing journal mode to DELETE from %s", zJMode);
      zJMode = "DELETE";
    }
#endif
    runSql("PRAGMA journal_mode=%Q;", zJMode);
  }
  if( !g.bSync ) trySql("PRAGMA synchronous=OFF");
  sqlite3_enable_load_extension(g.db, 1);
  sqlite3_busy_handler(g.db, busyHandler, 0);
  sqlite3_create_function(g.db, "vfsname", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
                          vfsNameFunc, 0, 0);
  sqlite3_create_function(g.db, "eval", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
                          evalFunc, 0, 0);
  g.iTimeout = DEFAULT_TIMEOUT;
  if( g.bSqlTrace ) sqlite3_trace(g.db, sqlTraceCallback, 0);

  if( iClient>0 ){
    if( n>0 ) unrecognizedArguments(argv[0], n, argv+2);
    if( g.iTrace ) logMessage("start-client");
    while(1){
      char *zTaskName = 0;
      rc = startScript(iClient, &zScript, &taskId, &zTaskName);
      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) break;

    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
    goto detach_error;
  }

  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
  pDb->pBt = 0;
  pDb->pSchema = 0;
  sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
  return;

detach_error:
  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
}

/*

    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
    goto detach_error;
  }

  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
  pDb->pBt = 0;
  pDb->pSchema = 0;
  sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db);
  return;

detach_error:
  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
}

/*

** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
** any btree routine is called.
*/
static const void *fetchPayload(
  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
  u32 *pAmt            /* Write the number of available bytes here */
){

  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
  assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 );



  *pAmt = pCur->info.nLocal;

  return (void*)pCur->info.pPayload;
}


/*
** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
................................................................................
  }else{
    assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 );
    if( iParentIdx==0 ){                 
      nxDiv = 0;
    }else if( iParentIdx==i ){
      nxDiv = i-2+bBulk;
    }else{
      assert( bBulk==0 );
      nxDiv = iParentIdx-1;
    }
    i = 2-bBulk;
  }
  nOld = i+1;
  if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){
    pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8];

** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
** any btree routine is called.
*/
static const void *fetchPayload(
  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
  u32 *pAmt            /* Write the number of available bytes here */
){
  u32 amt;
  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
  assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 );
  assert( pCur->info.pPayload>pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aData || CORRUPT_DB );
  assert( pCur->info.pPayload<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aDataEnd ||CORRUPT_DB);
  amt = (int)(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aDataEnd - pCur->info.pPayload);
  if( pCur->info.nLocal<amt ) amt = pCur->info.nLocal;
  *pAmt = amt;
  return (void*)pCur->info.pPayload;
}


/*
** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
................................................................................
  }else{
    assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 );
    if( iParentIdx==0 ){                 
      nxDiv = 0;
    }else if( iParentIdx==i ){
      nxDiv = i-2+bBulk;
    }else{

      nxDiv = iParentIdx-1;
    }
    i = 2-bBulk;
  }
  nOld = i+1;
  if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){
    pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8];

      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 1);
    }
  }


  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
  */
  if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){
    assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 );  /* Disables and re-enables match */
    /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used
    *  See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */
    if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1;
    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord,
                         pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex);
  }else{
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord, iIdx);

  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v);
  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);

  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
................................................................................
** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
*/
void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
  if( p ){
    int i;
    assert( p->a || p->nSrc==0 );
    for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
      p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
    }
    p->a[0].jointype = 0;
  }
}

      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 1);
    }
  }


  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
  */
  if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !db->mallocFailed ){
    assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 );  /* Disables and re-enables match */
    /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used
    *  See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */
    if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1;
    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord,
                         pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex);
  }else{
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord, iIdx);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Last, iIdx, 0, -1);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 0);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v);
  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);

  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
................................................................................
** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
*/
void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
  if( p ){
    int i;

    for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
      p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
    }
    p->a[0].jointype = 0;
  }
}

** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
** UTF-8.
*/
int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
  sqlite3_value *pVal;
  char const *zSql8;
  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
  if( rc ) return rc;
#endif
  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);

** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
** UTF-8.
*/
int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
  sqlite3_value *pVal;
  char const *zSql8;
  int rc;

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
  if( rc ) return rc;
#endif
  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);

  mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0;

  /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
  ** satisfy the query.  This is preferable to generating a new 
  ** ephemeral table.
  */
  p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;              /* Database connection */
    Table *pTab;                           /* Table <table>. */
    Expr *pExpr;                           /* Expression <column> */
    i16 iCol;                              /* Index of column <column> */
    i16 iDb;                               /* Database idx for pTab */

    assert( p );                        /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
................................................................................
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm);
        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
      }
      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
      pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0,
                                  &sqlite3IntTokens[1]);
      pSel->iLimit = 0;

      if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
        return 0;
      }
      rReg = dest.iSDParm;
      ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
      break;
    }

  mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0;

  /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
  ** satisfy the query.  This is preferable to generating a new 
  ** ephemeral table.
  */
  p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
  if( pParse->nErr==0 && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;              /* Database connection */
    Table *pTab;                           /* Table <table>. */
    Expr *pExpr;                           /* Expression <column> */
    i16 iCol;                              /* Index of column <column> */
    i16 iDb;                               /* Database idx for pTab */

    assert( p );                        /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */
................................................................................
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm);
        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
      }
      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
      pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0,
                                  &sqlite3IntTokens[1]);
      pSel->iLimit = 0;
      pSel->selFlags &= ~SF_AllValues;
      if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
        return 0;
      }
      rReg = dest.iSDParm;
      ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
      break;
    }

      Token tFromCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
      Token tToCol;               /* Name of column in parent table */
      int iFromCol;               /* Idx of column in child table */
      Expr *pEq;                  /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */

      iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
      assert( iFromCol>=0 );
      tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid";

      tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName;

      tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z);
      tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z);

      /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important
      ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so

      Token tFromCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
      Token tToCol;               /* Name of column in parent table */
      int iFromCol;               /* Idx of column in child table */
      Expr *pEq;                  /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */

      iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
      assert( iFromCol>=0 );
      assert( pIdx!=0 || (pTab->iPKey>=0 && pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol) );
      tToCol.z = pTab->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTab->iPKey].zName;
      tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName;

      tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z);
      tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z);

      /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important
      ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so

static int xferOptimization(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
){

  ExprList *pEList;                /* The result set of the SELECT */
  Table *pSrc;                     /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */
  Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx;       /* Source and destination indices */
  struct SrcList_item *pItem;      /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */
  int i;                           /* Loop counter */
  int iDbSrc;                      /* The database of pSrc */
  int iSrc, iDest;                 /* Cursors from source and destination */
................................................................................
  /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains
  ** any foreign key constraints.  This is more restrictive than necessary.
  ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM 
  ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints.  So
  ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably
  ** not worth the effort.  Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e]
  */
  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){
    return 0;
  }
#endif
  if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
    return 0;  /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */
  }

  /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at
  ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination
  ** table (tab1) is initially empty.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  sqlite3_xferopt_count++;
#endif
  iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema);
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc);
  iSrc = pParse->nTab++;
  iDest = pParse->nTab++;
  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest);
  regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite);
  assert( HasRowid(pDest) || destHasUniqueIdx );

  if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0)          /* (1) */
   || destHasUniqueIdx                              /* (2) */
   || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback)   /* (3) */
  ){
    /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization
    ** only if the destination table is initially empty.  This code makes




    ** that determination.  Conditions under which the destination must
    ** be empty:
    **
    ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices.
    **     (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields
    **     of index entries might need to change.)
    **
    ** (2) The destination has a unique index.  (The xfer optimization 
    **     is unable to test uniqueness.)
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
  }else{
    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbDest, pDest->tnum, 1, pDest->zName);
    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbSrc, pSrc->tnum, 0, pSrc->zName);
  }
  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){

    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
    }
    assert( pSrcIdx );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc);
    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName));
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest);
    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData);


























    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1);

    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
  }
  if( emptySrcTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);

static int xferOptimization(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
){
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  ExprList *pEList;                /* The result set of the SELECT */
  Table *pSrc;                     /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */
  Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx;       /* Source and destination indices */
  struct SrcList_item *pItem;      /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */
  int i;                           /* Loop counter */
  int iDbSrc;                      /* The database of pSrc */
  int iSrc, iDest;                 /* Cursors from source and destination */
................................................................................
  /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains
  ** any foreign key constraints.  This is more restrictive than necessary.
  ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM 
  ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints.  So
  ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably
  ** not worth the effort.  Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e]
  */
  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){
    return 0;
  }
#endif
  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
    return 0;  /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */
  }

  /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at
  ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination
  ** table (tab1) is initially empty.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  sqlite3_xferopt_count++;
#endif
  iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSrc->pSchema);
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc);
  iSrc = pParse->nTab++;
  iDest = pParse->nTab++;
  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest);
  regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite);
  assert( HasRowid(pDest) || destHasUniqueIdx );
  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)==0 && (
      (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0)          /* (1) */
   || destHasUniqueIdx                              /* (2) */
   || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback)   /* (3) */
  )){
    /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization
    ** only if the destination table is initially empty. Unless the
    ** SQLITE_Vacuum flag is set, this block generates code to make
    ** that determination. If SQLITE_Vacuum is set, then the destination
    ** table is always empty.
    **
    ** Conditions under which the destination must be empty:

    **
    ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices.
    **     (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields
    **     of index entries might need to change.)
    **
    ** (2) The destination has a unique index.  (The xfer optimization 
    **     is unable to test uniqueness.)
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
  }else{
    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbDest, pDest->tnum, 1, pDest->zName);
    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbSrc, pSrc->tnum, 0, pSrc->zName);
  }
  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
    u8 useSeekResult = 0;
    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
    }
    assert( pSrcIdx );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc);
    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName));
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest);
    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData);
    if( db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum ){
      /* This INSERT command is part of a VACUUM operation, which guarantees
      ** that the destination table is empty. If all indexed columns use
      ** collation sequence BINARY, then it can also be assumed that the
      ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted 
      ** order. In this case, instead of seeking within the b-tree as part
      ** of every OP_IdxInsert opcode, an OP_Last is added before the
      ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key 
      ** should be inserted. This is faster.
      **
      ** If any of the indexed columns use a collation sequence other than
      ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user 
      ** might change the definition of a collation sequence and then run
      ** a VACUUM command. In that case keys may not be written in strictly
      ** sorted order.  */
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<pSrcIdx->nColumn; i++){
        char *zColl = pSrcIdx->azColl[i];
        assert( zColl!=0 );
        if( sqlite3_stricmp("BINARY", zColl) ) break;
      }
      if( i==pSrcIdx->nColumn ){
        useSeekResult = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Last, iDest, 0, -1);
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, useSeekResult);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
  }
  if( emptySrcTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);

#define _MSVC_H_

#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#pragma warning(disable : 4054)
#pragma warning(disable : 4055)
#pragma warning(disable : 4100)
#pragma warning(disable : 4127)

#pragma warning(disable : 4152)
#pragma warning(disable : 4189)
#pragma warning(disable : 4206)
#pragma warning(disable : 4210)
#pragma warning(disable : 4232)
#pragma warning(disable : 4244)
#pragma warning(disable : 4305)
#pragma warning(disable : 4306)
#pragma warning(disable : 4702)
#pragma warning(disable : 4706)
#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) */

#endif /* _MSVC_H_ */

#define _MSVC_H_

#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#pragma warning(disable : 4054)
#pragma warning(disable : 4055)
#pragma warning(disable : 4100)
#pragma warning(disable : 4127)
#pragma warning(disable : 4130)
#pragma warning(disable : 4152)
#pragma warning(disable : 4189)
#pragma warning(disable : 4206)
#pragma warning(disable : 4210)
#pragma warning(disable : 4232)
#pragma warning(disable : 4244)
#pragma warning(disable : 4305)
#pragma warning(disable : 4306)
#pragma warning(disable : 4702)
#pragma warning(disable : 4706)
#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) */

#endif /* _MSVC_H_ */

#endif

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
# include <sys/ioctl.h>
# include <sys/file.h>
# include <sys/param.h>
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */












#if OS_VXWORKS
# include <sys/ioctl.h>
# include <semaphore.h>
# include <limits.h>
#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */

................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
#endif

#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN    16  /* conch file host id length */


/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */
extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);


/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 
** bytes of writable memory.
*/
static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
  assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t));
  memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
# if defined(__APPLE__) && ((__MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050) || \
                            (__IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 2000))
  {
    struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */
    if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){
      int err = errno;
      if( pError ){
        *pError = err;
      }

#endif

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
# include <sys/ioctl.h>
# include <sys/file.h>
# include <sys/param.h>
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

#if defined(__APPLE__) && ((__MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050) || \
                           (__IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 2000))
#  if (!defined(TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED) || (TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED==0)) \
       && (!defined(TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR) || (TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR==0))
#    define HAVE_GETHOSTUUID 1
#  else
#    warning "gethostuuid() is disabled."
#  endif
#endif


#if OS_VXWORKS
# include <sys/ioctl.h>
# include <semaphore.h>
# include <limits.h>
#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */

................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
#endif

#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN    16  /* conch file host id length */

#ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTUUID
/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */
extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);
#endif

/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 
** bytes of writable memory.
*/
static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
  assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t));
  memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
#ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTUUID

  {
    struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */
    if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){
      int err = errno;
      if( pError ){
        *pError = err;
      }

          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5);
        }
        if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)==0 ){
          k = 0;
        }else if( pPk==0 ){
          k = 1;
        }else{
          for(k=1; ALWAYS(k<=pTab->nCol) && pPk->aiColumn[k-1]!=i; k++){}
        }
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, k, 6);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6);
      }
    }
  }
  break;

          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5);
        }
        if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)==0 ){
          k = 0;
        }else if( pPk==0 ){
          k = 1;
        }else{
          for(k=1; k<=pTab->nCol && pPk->aiColumn[k-1]!=i; k++){}
        }
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, k, 6);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6);
      }
    }
  }
  break;

    return 1;
  }

  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
  if( argv[1]==0 ){
    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
  }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
    */
    int rc;
    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
................................................................................
          db->mallocFailed = 1;
        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){
          corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db));
        }
      }
    }
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  }else if( argv[0]==0 ){
    corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0);
  }else{
    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
    */

    return 1;
  }

  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
  if( argv[1]==0 ){
    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
  }else if( sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[2],"create ",7)==0 ){
    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
    */
    int rc;
    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
................................................................................
          db->mallocFailed = 1;
        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){
          corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db));
        }
      }
    }
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  }else if( argv[0]==0 || (argv[2]!=0 && argv[2][0]!=0) ){
    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
  }else{
    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
    */

}

/*
** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.  Increase the
** size of the memory allocation for StrAccum if necessary.
*/
void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
  assert( z!=0 );
  assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError );
  assert( N>=0 );
  assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 );
  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
    enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N);
  }else{
    assert( p->zText );

}

/*
** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.  Increase the
** size of the memory allocation for StrAccum if necessary.
*/
void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
  assert( z!=0 || N==0 );
  assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError );
  assert( N>=0 );
  assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 );
  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
    enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N);
  }else{
    assert( p->zText );

  **
  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
  ** fields are not changed in any context.
  */
  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){
    pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
    pExpr->pTab = 0;

    return WRC_Prune;
  }

  /*
  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
  */
................................................................................
        Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
        if( pNew==0 ) return 1;
        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
        pNew->u.iValue = iCol;
        if( pItem->pExpr==pE ){
          pItem->pExpr = pNew;
        }else{

          assert( pItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE );

          assert( pItem->pExpr->pLeft==pE );
          pItem->pExpr->pLeft = pNew;
        }
        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
        pItem->done = 1;
      }else{
        moreToDo = 1;
      }
................................................................................
    ** was created by the convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() function.
    ** In this case the ORDER BY clause (p->pOrderBy) should be resolved
    ** as if it were part of the sub-query, not the parent. This block
    ** moves the pOrderBy down to the sub-query. It will be moved back
    ** after the names have been resolved.  */
    if( p->selFlags & SF_Converted ){
      Select *pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect;
      assert( p->pSrc->nSrc==1 && isCompound==0 && p->pOrderBy );
      assert( pSub->pPrior && pSub->pOrderBy==0 );
      pSub->pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
      p->pOrderBy = 0;
    }
  
    /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
    */

  **
  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
  ** fields are not changed in any context.
  */
  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){
    pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
    pExpr->pTab = 0;
    pExpr->iTable = -1;
    return WRC_Prune;
  }

  /*
  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
  */
................................................................................
        Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
        if( pNew==0 ) return 1;
        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
        pNew->u.iValue = iCol;
        if( pItem->pExpr==pE ){
          pItem->pExpr = pNew;
        }else{
          Expr *pParent = pItem->pExpr;
          assert( pParent->op==TK_COLLATE );
          while( pParent->pLeft->op==TK_COLLATE ) pParent = pParent->pLeft;
          assert( pParent->pLeft==pE );
          pParent->pLeft = pNew;
        }
        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
        pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol;
        pItem->done = 1;
      }else{
        moreToDo = 1;
      }
................................................................................
    ** was created by the convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() function.
    ** In this case the ORDER BY clause (p->pOrderBy) should be resolved
    ** as if it were part of the sub-query, not the parent. This block
    ** moves the pOrderBy down to the sub-query. It will be moved back
    ** after the names have been resolved.  */
    if( p->selFlags & SF_Converted ){
      Select *pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect;
      assert( p->pSrc->nSrc==1 && p->pOrderBy );
      assert( pSub->pPrior && pSub->pOrderBy==0 );
      pSub->pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
      p->pOrderBy = 0;
    }
  
    /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
    */

  }
  p->pPrior = pPrior;
  pPrior->pNext = p;

  /*** TBD:  Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete
  **** subqueries ****/
  explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
/* Forward Declarations */
static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*);
static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *);
................................................................................
  p->op = TK_SELECT;
  p->pWhere = 0;
  pNew->pGroupBy = 0;
  pNew->pHaving = 0;
  pNew->pOrderBy = 0;
  p->pPrior = 0;
  p->pNext = 0;

  p->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound;
  assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Converted)==0 );
  p->selFlags |= SF_Converted;
  assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 );
  pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew;
  pNew->pLimit = 0;
  pNew->pOffset = 0;

  }
  p->pPrior = pPrior;
  pPrior->pNext = p;

  /*** TBD:  Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete
  **** subqueries ****/
  explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0);
  return pParse->nErr!=0;
}
#endif

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
/* Forward Declarations */
static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*);
static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *);
................................................................................
  p->op = TK_SELECT;
  p->pWhere = 0;
  pNew->pGroupBy = 0;
  pNew->pHaving = 0;
  pNew->pOrderBy = 0;
  p->pPrior = 0;
  p->pNext = 0;
  p->pWith = 0;
  p->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound;
  assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Converted)==0 );
  p->selFlags |= SF_Converted;
  assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 );
  pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew;
  pNew->pLimit = 0;
  pNew->pOffset = 0;

**    \NNN  -> ascii character NNN in octal
*/
static void resolve_backslashes(char *z){
  int i, j;
  char c;
  while( *z && *z!='\\' ) z++;
  for(i=j=0; (c = z[i])!=0; i++, j++){
    if( c=='\\' ){
      c = z[++i];
      if( c=='a' ){
        c = '\a';
      }else if( c=='b' ){
        c = '\b';
      }else if( c=='t' ){
        c = '\t';

**    \NNN  -> ascii character NNN in octal
*/
static void resolve_backslashes(char *z){
  int i, j;
  char c;
  while( *z && *z!='\\' ) z++;
  for(i=j=0; (c = z[i])!=0; i++, j++){
    if( c=='\\' && z[i+1]!=0 ){
      c = z[++i];
      if( c=='a' ){
        c = '\a';
      }else if( c=='b' ){
        c = '\b';
      }else if( c=='t' ){
        c = '\t';

*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define double sqlite3_int64
#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection

**
** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
** for the [sqlite3] object.
** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if
** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
** resources are deallocated.
**
................................................................................
** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
** compatibility and is not documented.
*/
typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);

/*
** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface

**
** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
** without having to use a lot of C code. 
**
** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
................................................................................
** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
*/
int sqlite3_config(int, ...);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections

**
** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
**
** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE       1001  /* void* int int */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY     1002  /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER  1003  /* int int* */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes

**
** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
*/
int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid

**
** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
** has a unique 64-bit signed
** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
................................................................................
** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
** last insert [rowid].
*/
sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified

**
** ^This function returns the number of rows modified, inserted or
** deleted by the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
** statement on the database connection specified by the only parameter.
** ^Executing any other type of SQL statement does not modify the value
** returned by this function.
**
................................................................................
** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
*/
int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified

**
** ^This function returns the total number of rows inserted, modified or
** deleted by all [INSERT], [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements completed
** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as
** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement
** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes().
** 
................................................................................
** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
*/
int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query

**
** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
** immediately.
**
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
** KEYWORDS: {busy-handler callback} {busy handler}

**
** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X
** that might be invoked with argument P whenever
** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with
** [database connection] D when another thread
** or process has the table locked.
** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement
................................................................................
** A busy handler must not close the database connection
** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
*/
int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout

**
** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
** [SQLITE_BUSY].
................................................................................
**
** See also:  [PRAGMA busy_timeout]
*/
int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries

**
** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
** Use of this interface is not recommended.
**
** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
** complete query results from one or more queries.
................................................................................
** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
** method.
*/
void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks

**
** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE            33   /* NULL            NULL            */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions

**
** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
**
** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
................................................................................
*/
void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks

**
** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
** database connection D.  An example use for this
** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
**
................................................................................
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
*/
void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection

**
** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
................................................................................
const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages

**
** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with 
** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface
** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that
** API call.
** If the most recent API call was successful,
** then the return value from sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.
................................................................................
int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
**
** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
**

** The life of a statement object goes something like this:


**


** <ol>
** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
**      function.
** <li> Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
**      interfaces.
** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
** </ol>
**
** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
** information.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits

**
** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
** new limit for that construct.)^
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS           11

/*
** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}


**
** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
** program using one of these routines.
**
** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
................................................................................
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL

**
** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
*/
const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database

**
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
** the content of the database file.
**
** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
................................................................................
** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
*/
int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset

**
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not 
** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
................................................................................
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}

**
** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
** templates:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  ?
................................................................................
int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64,
                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters

**
** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
** to the parameters at a later time.
**
................................................................................
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter

**
** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
** respectively.
** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
................................................................................
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name

**
** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
................................................................................
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement

**
** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
*/
int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set

**
** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
**
** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
*/
int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set

**
** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
** UTF-16 string.  ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
................................................................................
** one release of SQLite to the next.
*/
const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result

**
** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
** [SELECT] statement.
** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  ^The _database_ routines return
** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
................................................................................
const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result

**
** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
** column is returned.)^  ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
................................................................................
** used to hold those values.
*/
const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement

**
** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
**
** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
................................................................................
** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
*/
int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set

**
** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
................................................................................
# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
#endif
#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3

/*
** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}

**
** These routines form the "result set" interface.
**
** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
................................................................................
const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object

**
** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
** SQLITE_OK.  ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
** [extended error code].
................................................................................
** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
*/
int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object

**
** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
**
................................................................................
int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}

**
** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only differences between
** these routines are the text encoding expected for
** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
................................................................................
SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),
                      void*,sqlite3_int64);
#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values

**
** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
** the function or aggregate.
**
** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
................................................................................
const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context

**
** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
**
** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
................................................................................
** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
** the aggregate SQL function is running.
*/
void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);

/*
** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions

**
** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
** registered the application defined function.
**
................................................................................
** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
** the application-defined function is running.
*/
void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions

**
** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
** registered the application defined function.
*/
sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data

**
** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to
** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved.  An example
** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
................................................................................
*/
typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)

/*
** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function

**
** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
** for additional information.
**
** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
................................................................................
void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences

**
** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
**
** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
................................................................................
  int eTextRep, 
  void *pArg,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks

**
** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
** sequence is required.
**
** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
................................................................................
** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
*/
SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}

**
** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
** respectively.  ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
**
................................................................................
** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
** is undefined.
*/
int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement

**
** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
** that was the first argument
** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
** create the statement in the first place.
*/
sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection

**
** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
** associated with database N of connection D.  ^The main database file
** has the name "main".  If there is no attached database N on the database
** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
** a NULL pointer is returned.
**
................................................................................
** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
*/
const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only

**
** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
** the name of a database on connection D.
*/
int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement

**
** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  ^If pStmt is NULL
** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
** associated with the database connection pDb.  ^If no prepared statement
** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
**
................................................................................
** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
*/
sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks

**
** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
** for the same database connection is overridden.
** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
................................................................................
** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
*/
void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks

**
** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in
** a rowid table.
** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
** for the same database connection is overridden.
................................................................................
**
** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
*/
int sqlite3_release_memory(int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection

**
** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even
** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
** omitted.
**
................................................................................
** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
*/
SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table

**
** ^(The sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,....) routine returns
** information about column C of table T in database D
** on [database connection] X.)^  ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata()
** interface returns SQLITE_OK and fills in the non-NULL pointers in
** the final five arguments with appropriate values if the specified
** column exists.  ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() interface returns
................................................................................
  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension

**
** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
**
** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile.  If
** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load
** with various operating-system specific extensions added.
................................................................................
  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading

**
** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling
** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
**
** ^Extension loading is off by default.
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64

/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation

**
** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
** ^Module names must be registered before
** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
**
** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
................................................................................
** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
** the virtual tables they implement.
*/
int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table

**
** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
** But global versions of those functions
** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
**
** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
................................................................................
** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O


**
** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
**
** <pre>
**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
................................................................................
  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
  int flags,
  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row

**
** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
................................................................................
**
** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
*/
SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle

**
** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed
** unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns an error code, the 
** handle is still closed.)^
**
** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if
** the database is in auto-commit mode and there are no other open read-write
................................................................................
** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the 
** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning.
*/
int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB

**
** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
**
** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
................................................................................
** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
*/
int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally

**
** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
**
** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  ^If N or iOffset is
................................................................................
**
** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
*/
int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally

**
** ^(This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
**
** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1      8  /* For use by application */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2      9  /* For use by application */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3     10  /* For use by application */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection

**
** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
** routine returns a NULL pointer.
*/
sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files

**
** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9

/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status

**
** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 10   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status

**
** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
** of times it has performed specific operations.)^  These counters can
** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
................................................................................
int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification

**
** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
................................................................................
** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
** buffer.
*/
void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook

**
** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode.
**
** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation 
** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
................................................................................
  sqlite3*, 
  int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
  void*
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint

**
** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
** to automatically [checkpoint]
** after committing a transaction if there are N or
** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
................................................................................
** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
** for a particular application.
*/
int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database

**
** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to
** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^
**
** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the 
** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be
** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to
................................................................................
** start a callback but which do not need the full power (and corresponding
** complication) of [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()].
*/
int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database

**
** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,M,L,C) interface runs a checkpoint
** operation on database X of [database connection] D in mode M.  Status
** information is written back into integers pointed to by L and C.)^
** ^(The M parameter must be a valid [checkpoint mode]:)^
**
** <dl>
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST      2
#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME     3
#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN  4
#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID 5

/*
** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status

**
** This interface returns information about the predicted and measured
** performance for pStmt.  Advanced applications can use this
** interface to compare the predicted and the measured performance and
** issue warnings and/or rerun [ANALYZE] if discrepancies are found.
**
** Since this interface is expected to be rarely used, it is only
................................................................................
  int idx,                  /* Index of loop to report on */
  int iScanStatusOp,        /* Information desired.  SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */
  void *pOut                /* Result written here */
);     

/*
** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters

**
** ^Zero all [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus()] related event counters.
**
** This API is only available if the library is built with pre-processor
** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined.
*/
SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*);

*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define double sqlite3_int64
#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
** for the [sqlite3] object.
** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if
** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
** resources are deallocated.
**
................................................................................
** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
** compatibility and is not documented.
*/
typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);

/*
** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
** without having to use a lot of C code. 
**
** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
................................................................................
** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
*/
int sqlite3_config(int, ...);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
**
** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE       1001  /* void* int int */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY     1002  /* int int* */
#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER  1003  /* int int* */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
*/
int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
** has a unique 64-bit signed
** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
................................................................................
** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
** last insert [rowid].
*/
sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^This function returns the number of rows modified, inserted or
** deleted by the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
** statement on the database connection specified by the only parameter.
** ^Executing any other type of SQL statement does not modify the value
** returned by this function.
**
................................................................................
** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
*/
int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^This function returns the total number of rows inserted, modified or
** deleted by all [INSERT], [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements completed
** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as
** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement
** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes().
** 
................................................................................
** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
*/
int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
** immediately.
**
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
** KEYWORDS: {busy-handler callback} {busy handler}
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X
** that might be invoked with argument P whenever
** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with
** [database connection] D when another thread
** or process has the table locked.
** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement
................................................................................
** A busy handler must not close the database connection
** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
*/
int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
** [SQLITE_BUSY].
................................................................................
**
** See also:  [PRAGMA busy_timeout]
*/
int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
** Use of this interface is not recommended.
**
** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
** complete query results from one or more queries.
................................................................................
** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
** method.
*/
void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE            33   /* NULL            NULL            */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
**
** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
................................................................................
*/
void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
** database connection D.  An example use for this
** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
**
................................................................................
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
*/
void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3
**
** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
................................................................................
const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with 
** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface
** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that
** API call.
** If the most recent API call was successful,
** then the return value from sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.
................................................................................
int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
const char *sqlite3_errstr(int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Object
** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
**
** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement that
** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated.

**
** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program.  The
** original SQL text is source code.  A prepared statement object 
** is the compiled object code.  All SQL must be converted into a
** prepared statement before it can be run.
**
** The life-cycle of a prepared statement object usually goes like this:
**
** <ol>
** <li> Create the prepared statement object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()].

** <li> Bind values to [parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
**      interfaces.
** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
** <li> Reset the prepared statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
** </ol>



*/
typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
** new limit for that construct.)^
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS           11

/*
** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
** METHOD: sqlite3
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt
**
** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
** program using one of these routines.
**
** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
................................................................................
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
*/
const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
** the content of the database file.
**
** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
................................................................................
** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
*/
int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not 
** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
................................................................................
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
** templates:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  ?
................................................................................
int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64,
                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
** to the parameters at a later time.
**
................................................................................
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
** respectively.
** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
................................................................................
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
................................................................................
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
*/
int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
**
** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
*/
int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
** UTF-16 string.  ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
................................................................................
** one release of SQLite to the next.
*/
const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
** [SELECT] statement.
** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  ^The _database_ routines return
** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
................................................................................
const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
** column is returned.)^  ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
................................................................................
** used to hold those values.
*/
const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
**
** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
................................................................................
** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
*/
int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
................................................................................
# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
#endif
#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3

/*
** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** These routines form the "result set" interface.
**
** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
................................................................................
const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
** SQLITE_OK.  ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
** [extended error code].
................................................................................
** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
*/
int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
**
................................................................................
int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only differences between
** these routines are the text encoding expected for
** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
................................................................................
SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),
                      void*,sqlite3_int64);
#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values
** METHOD: sqlite3_value
**
** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
** the function or aggregate.
**
** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
................................................................................
const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
** METHOD: sqlite3_context
**
** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
**
** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
................................................................................
** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
** the aggregate SQL function is running.
*/
void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);

/*
** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
** METHOD: sqlite3_context
**
** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
** registered the application defined function.
**
................................................................................
** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
** the application-defined function is running.
*/
void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions
** METHOD: sqlite3_context
**
** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
** registered the application defined function.
*/
sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
** METHOD: sqlite3_context
**
** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to
** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved.  An example
** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
................................................................................
*/
typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)

/*
** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
** METHOD: sqlite3_context
**
** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
** for additional information.
**
** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
................................................................................
void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
**
** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
................................................................................
  int eTextRep, 
  void *pArg,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
** sequence is required.
**
** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
................................................................................
** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
*/
SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
** respectively.  ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
**
................................................................................
** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
** is undefined.
*/
int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
** that was the first argument
** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
** create the statement in the first place.
*/
sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
** associated with database N of connection D.  ^The main database file
** has the name "main".  If there is no attached database N on the database
** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
** a NULL pointer is returned.
**
................................................................................
** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
*/
const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
** the name of a database on connection D.
*/
int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  ^If pStmt is NULL
** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
** associated with the database connection pDb.  ^If no prepared statement
** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
**
................................................................................
** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
*/
sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
** for the same database connection is overridden.
** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
................................................................................
** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
*/
void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in
** a rowid table.
** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
** for the same database connection is overridden.
................................................................................
**
** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
*/
int sqlite3_release_memory(int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even
** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
** omitted.
**
................................................................................
** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
*/
SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^(The sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,....) routine returns
** information about column C of table T in database D
** on [database connection] X.)^  ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata()
** interface returns SQLITE_OK and fills in the non-NULL pointers in
** the final five arguments with appropriate values if the specified
** column exists.  ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() interface returns
................................................................................
  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
**
** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile.  If
** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load
** with various operating-system specific extensions added.
................................................................................
  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling
** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
**
** ^Extension loading is off by default.
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64

/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
** ^Module names must be registered before
** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
**
** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
................................................................................
** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
** the virtual tables they implement.
*/
int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
** But global versions of those functions
** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
**
** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
................................................................................
** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
** METHOD: sqlite3
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
**
** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
**
** <pre>
**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
................................................................................
  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
  int flags,
  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
**
** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
................................................................................
**
** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
*/
SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle
** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
**
** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed
** unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns an error code, the 
** handle is still closed.)^
**
** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if
** the database is in auto-commit mode and there are no other open read-write
................................................................................
** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the 
** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning.
*/
int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
**
** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
**
** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
................................................................................
** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
*/
int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
**
** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
**
** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  ^If N or iOffset is
................................................................................
**
** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
*/
int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
**
** ^(This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
**
** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1      8  /* For use by application */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2      9  /* For use by application */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3     10  /* For use by application */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
** routine returns a NULL pointer.
*/
sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9

/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 10   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */


/*
** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
** of times it has performed specific operations.)^  These counters can
** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
................................................................................
int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
................................................................................
** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
** buffer.
*/
void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode.
**
** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation 
** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
................................................................................
  sqlite3*, 
  int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
  void*
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
** to automatically [checkpoint]
** after committing a transaction if there are N or
** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
................................................................................
** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
** for a particular application.
*/
int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to
** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^
**
** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the 
** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be
** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to
................................................................................
** start a callback but which do not need the full power (and corresponding
** complication) of [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()].
*/
int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,M,L,C) interface runs a checkpoint
** operation on database X of [database connection] D in mode M.  Status
** information is written back into integers pointed to by L and C.)^
** ^(The M parameter must be a valid [checkpoint mode]:)^
**
** <dl>
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST      2
#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME     3
#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN  4
#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID 5

/*
** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** This interface returns information about the predicted and measured
** performance for pStmt.  Advanced applications can use this
** interface to compare the predicted and the measured performance and
** issue warnings and/or rerun [ANALYZE] if discrepancies are found.
**
** Since this interface is expected to be rarely used, it is only
................................................................................
  int idx,                  /* Index of loop to report on */
  int iScanStatusOp,        /* Information desired.  SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */
  void *pOut                /* Result written here */
);     

/*
** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^Zero all [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus()] related event counters.
**
** This API is only available if the library is built with pre-processor
** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined.
*/
SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*);

#define SQLITE_AutoIndex      0x00100000  /* Enable automatic indexes */
#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin  0x00200000  /* Preference to built-in funcs */
#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00400000  /* Enable load_extension */
#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger  0x00800000  /* True to enable triggers */
#define SQLITE_DeferFKs       0x01000000  /* Defer all FK constraints */
#define SQLITE_QueryOnly      0x02000000  /* Disable database changes */
#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP        0x04000000  /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */



/*
** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the
** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to
** selectively disable various optimizations.
*/

#define SQLITE_AutoIndex      0x00100000  /* Enable automatic indexes */
#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin  0x00200000  /* Preference to built-in funcs */
#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00400000  /* Enable load_extension */
#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger  0x00800000  /* True to enable triggers */
#define SQLITE_DeferFKs       0x01000000  /* Defer all FK constraints */
#define SQLITE_QueryOnly      0x02000000  /* Disable database changes */
#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP        0x04000000  /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
#define SQLITE_Vacuum         0x08000000  /* Currently in a VACUUM */


/*
** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the
** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to
** selectively disable various optimizations.
*/

          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt");
          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
          goto abort_parse;
        }
        break;
      }
      case TK_ILLEGAL: {
        sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg);
        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
                        &pParse->sLastToken);
        nErr++;
        goto abort_parse;
      }
      case TK_SEMI: {
        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
        /* Fall thru into the default case */
      }
      default: {
................................................................................
          goto abort_parse;
        }
        break;
      }
    }
  }
abort_parse:

  if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
    }
    sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
  }
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH

          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt");
          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
          goto abort_parse;
        }
        break;
      }
      case TK_ILLEGAL: {

        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
                        &pParse->sLastToken);

        goto abort_parse;
      }
      case TK_SEMI: {
        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
        /* Fall thru into the default case */
      }
      default: {
................................................................................
          goto abort_parse;
        }
        break;
      }
    }
  }
abort_parse:
  assert( nErr==0 );
  if( zSql[i]==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
    }
    sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
  }
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH

){
  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */

  pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0);
  if( pSrc ){
    assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 );
    assert( pSrc->a!=0 );
    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
    if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
      assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
      pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
    }
  }

){
  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */

  pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0);
  if( pSrc ){
    assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 );

    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
    if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
      assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
      pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
    }
  }

      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;

  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy
  ** the contents to the temporary database.
  */


  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
      "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'"
      "FROM main.sqlite_master "
      "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
      "  AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0"
  );


  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;

  /* Copy over the sequence table
  */
  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
      "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "

      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;

  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy
  ** the contents to the temporary database.
  */
  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)==0 );
  db->flags |= SQLITE_Vacuum;
  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
      "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'"
      "FROM main.sqlite_master "
      "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
      "  AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0"
  );
  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)!=0 );
  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Vacuum;
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;

  /* Copy over the sequence table
  */
  rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
      "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "

  Savepoint *p;
  for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++;
  assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) );
  return 1;
}
#endif

















/*
** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can.
** This is the core of sqlite3_step().  
*/
int sqlite3VdbeExec(
  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
){
  int pc=0;                  /* The program counter */
  Op *aOp = p->aOp;          /* Copy of p->aOp */
  Op *pOp;                   /* Current operation */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
  u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */
  u8 encoding = ENC(db);     /* The database encoding */
  int iCompare = 0;          /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
  unsigned nVmStep = 0;      /* Number of virtual machine steps */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
................................................................................
        }
      }
    }
    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace )  printf("VDBE Trace:\n");
  }
  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
#endif
  for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
    assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
    start = sqlite3Hwtime();
#endif
    nVmStep++;
    pOp = &aOp[pc];
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
    if( p->anExec ) p->anExec[pc]++;
#endif

    /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
    */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, pc, pOp);
    }
#endif
      

    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
    ** if we have a special test build.
    */
................................................................................
      sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
      if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
        sqlite3_interrupt(db);
      }
    }
#endif

    /* On any opcode with the "out2-prerelease" tag, free any
    ** external allocations out of mem[p2] and set mem[p2] to be
    ** an undefined integer.  Opcodes will either fill in the integer
    ** value or convert mem[p2] to a different type.
    */
    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
    if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
      pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
      memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
      if( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    }

    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG

    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
      assert( pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]);
    }
................................................................................
** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
**
** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3.  See
** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
**
** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
** file.
**
................................................................................
**
** The P1 parameter is not actually used by this opcode.  However, it
** is sometimes set to 1 instead of 0 as a hint to the command-line shell
** that this Goto is the bottom of a loop and that the lines from P2 down
** to the current line should be indented for EXPLAIN output.
*/
case OP_Goto: {             /* jump */

  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;

  /* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev,
  ** OP_VNext, OP_RowSetNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon
  ** completion.  Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called
  ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. 
  **
  ** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean.
................................................................................
*/
case OP_Gosub: {            /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
  pIn1->u.i = pc;
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);




  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Return P1 * * * *
**
** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.  After
** the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
*/
case OP_Return: {           /* in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  pc = (int)pIn1->u.i;
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Set up register P1 so that it will Yield to the coroutine
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p1>0 &&  pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
  assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nOp );
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) );
  pOut->u.i = pOp->p3 - 1;
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  if( pOp->p2 ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  EndCoroutine P1 * * * *
**
** The instruction at the address in register P1 is a Yield.
** Jump to the P2 parameter of that Yield.
................................................................................
  VdbeOp *pCaller;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.i<p->nOp );
  pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
  assert( pCaller->opcode==OP_Yield );
  assert( pCaller->p2>=0 && pCaller->p2<p->nOp );
  pc = pCaller->p2 - 1;
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Yield P1 P2 * * *
**
** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.  This
................................................................................
*/
case OP_Yield: {            /* in1, jump */
  int pcDest;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
  pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
  pIn1->u.i = pc;
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
  pc = pcDest;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  HaltIfNull  P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis:  if r[P3]=null halt
**
** Check the value in register P3.  If it is NULL then Halt using
................................................................................
** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
** is the same as executing Halt.
*/
case OP_Halt: {
  const char *zType;
  const char *zLogFmt;




  if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){
    /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */
    VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame;
    p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent;
    p->nFrame--;
    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
    pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
    lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
    if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
      /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program 
      ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
      ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
      ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
      ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program.  */
      pc = p->aOp[pc].p2-1;
    }
    aOp = p->aOp;
    aMem = p->aMem;

    break;
  }
  p->rc = pOp->p1;
  p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2;
  p->pc = pc;
  if( p->rc ){
    if( pOp->p5 ){
      static const char * const azType[] = { "NOT NULL", "UNIQUE", "CHECK",
                                             "FOREIGN KEY" };
      assert( pOp->p5>=1 && pOp->p5<=4 );
      testcase( pOp->p5==1 );
      testcase( pOp->p5==2 );
................................................................................
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed: %s", 
                       zType, pOp->p4.z);
    }else if( pOp->p4.z ){
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
    }else{
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed", zType);
    }
    sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, zLogFmt, pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
  }
  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }else{
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 || db->nDeferredImmCons>0 );
    rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
  }

  goto vdbe_return;
}

/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=P1
**
** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
*/
case OP_Integer: {         /* out2-prerelease */

  pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
**
** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
** Write that value into register P2.
*/
case OP_Int64: {           /* out2-prerelease */

  assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
  pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
  break;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
**
** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
** Write that value into register P2.
*/
case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */

  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
  assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
  pOut->u.r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
  break;
}
#endif

................................................................................
** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4'
**
** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed 
** into a String opcode before it is executed for the first time.  During
** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored
** as the P1 parameter.
*/
case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */
  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );

  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
  pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
    if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big;
................................................................................
** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
**
** If P5!=0 and the content of register P3 is greater than zero, then
** the datatype of the register P2 is converted to BLOB.  The content is
** the same sequence of bytes, it is merely interpreted as a BLOB instead
** of a string, as if it had been CAST.
*/
case OP_String: {          /* out2-prerelease */
  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );

  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
  pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
  pOut->n = pOp->p1;
  pOut->enc = encoding;
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  if( pOp->p5 ){
    assert( pOp->p3>0 );
................................................................................
** is less than P2 (typically P3 is zero) then only register P2 is
** set to NULL.
**
** If the P1 value is non-zero, then also set the MEM_Cleared flag so that
** NULL values will not compare equal even if SQLITE_NULLEQ is set on
** OP_Ne or OP_Eq.
*/
case OP_Null: {           /* out2-prerelease */
  int cnt;
  u16 nullFlag;

  cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
  assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null;
  while( cnt>0 ){
    pOut++;
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
................................................................................

/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)
**
** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long.  Store this
** blob in register P2.
*/
case OP_Blob: {                /* out2-prerelease */
  assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );

  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
  pOut->enc = encoding;
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 *
................................................................................
** Synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)
**
** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2
**
** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4.
** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name().
*/
case OP_Variable: {            /* out2-prerelease */
  Mem *pVar;       /* Value being transferred */

  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
  assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] );
  pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1];
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){
    goto too_big;
  }

  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pVar, MEM_Static);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis:  r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]);
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]);
  }
  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;

  /* Return SQLITE_ROW
  */
  p->pc = pc + 1;
  rc = SQLITE_ROW;
  goto vdbe_return;
}

/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]
**
................................................................................
    apVal[i] = pArg;
    Deephemeralize(pArg);
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pArg);
  }

  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF );
  ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
  ctx.iOp = pc;
  ctx.pVdbe = p;
  MemSetTypeFlag(ctx.pOut, MEM_Null);
  ctx.fErrorOrAux = 0;
  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
  (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
  lastRowid = db->lastRowid;  /* Remember rowid changes made by xFunc */

  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
  if( ctx.fErrorOrAux ){
    if( ctx.isError ){
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(ctx.pOut));
      rc = ctx.isError;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, pc, pOp->p1);
  }

  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(ctx.pOut, encoding);
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(ctx.pOut) ){
    goto too_big;
  }
................................................................................
    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
    VdbeBranchTaken((pIn1->flags&MEM_Int)==0, 2);
    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( pOp->p2==0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }else{
        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
        break;
      }
    }
  }
  MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
  break;
}

................................................................................
      if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
        pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
        MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
      }else{
        VdbeBranchTaken(2,3);
        if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
          pc = pOp->p2-1;
        }
      }
      break;
    }
  }else{
    /* Neither operand is NULL.  Do a comparison. */
    affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
................................................................................
    case OP_Eq:    res = res==0;     break;
    case OP_Ne:    res = res!=0;     break;
    case OP_Lt:    res = res<0;      break;
    case OP_Le:    res = res<=0;     break;
    case OP_Gt:    res = res>0;      break;
    default:       res = res>=0;     break;
  }







  if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
    pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
    pOut->u.i = res;
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
  }else{
    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0, (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ)?2:3);
    if( res ){
      pc = pOp->p2-1;
    }
  }
  /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */
  assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn) == (flags1 & MEM_Dyn) );
  pIn1->flags = flags1;
  assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Dyn) == (flags3 & MEM_Dyn) );
  pIn3->flags = flags3;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
**
** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
** of integers in P4.
................................................................................
**
** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
*/
case OP_Jump: {             /* jump */
  if( iCompare<0 ){
    pc = pOp->p1 - 1;  VdbeBranchTaken(0,3);
  }else if( iCompare==0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;  VdbeBranchTaken(1,3);
  }else{
    pc = pOp->p3 - 1;  VdbeBranchTaken(2,3);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])
**
................................................................................
** All "once" flags are initially cleared whenever a prepared statement
** first begins to run.
*/
case OP_Once: {             /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag );
  VdbeBranchTaken(p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1]!=0, 2);
  if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }else{
    p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] = 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
................................................................................
#else
    c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
#endif
    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
  }
  VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2);
  if( c ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis:  if r[P1]==NULL goto P2
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
*/
case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0, 2);
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.  
*/
case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0, 2);
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis:  r[P3]=PX
**
................................................................................
*/
case OP_MakeRecord: {
  u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
  Mem *pRec;             /* The new record */
  u64 nData;             /* Number of bytes of data space */
  int nHdr;              /* Number of bytes of header space */
  i64 nByte;             /* Data space required for this record */
  int nZero;             /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
  int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
  Mem *pData0;           /* First field to be combined into the record */
  Mem *pLast;            /* Last field of the record */
  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
  int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
................................................................................
  }else{
    /* Rare case of a really large header */
    nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
    nHdr += nVarint;
    if( nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr) ) nHdr++;
  }
  nByte = nHdr+nData;
  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    goto too_big;
  }

  /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store 
  ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
  ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
  ** sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize() could clobber the value before it is used).
................................................................................
/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=count()
**
** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index 
** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
case OP_Count: {         /* out2-prerelease */
  i64 nEntry;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;

  pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor;
  assert( pCrsr );
  nEntry = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, &nEntry);

  pOut->u.i = nEntry;
  break;
}
#endif

/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
**
................................................................................
      int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
      if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
        if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
          goto vdbe_return;
        }
        db->autoCommit = 1;
        if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
          p->pc = pc;
          db->autoCommit = 0;
          p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
          goto vdbe_return;
        }
        db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
        rc = p->rc;
      }else{
................................................................................
      sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
      db->autoCommit = 1;
    }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto vdbe_return;
    }else{
      db->autoCommit = (u8)desiredAutoCommit;
      if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
        p->pc = pc;
        db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-desiredAutoCommit);
        p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        goto vdbe_return;
      }
    }
    assert( db->nStatement==0 );
    sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
................................................................................
    goto abort_due_to_error;
  }
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;

  if( pBt ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
      p->pc = pc;
      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
      goto vdbe_return;
    }
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }

................................................................................
** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
** temporary tables.
**
** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
** executing this instruction.
*/
case OP_ReadCookie: {               /* out2-prerelease */
  int iMeta;
  int iDb;
  int iCookie;

  assert( p->bIsReader );
  iDb = pOp->p1;
  iCookie = pOp->p3;
  assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );

  sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);

  pOut->u.i = iMeta;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
................................................................................
*/
case OP_SequenceTest: {
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC->pSorter );
  if( (pC->seqCount++)==0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]
**
................................................................................

    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
    if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
        /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
        ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;  VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
        break;
      }

      /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search
      ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term
      ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5:
      **
................................................................................
      */
      res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
    }
  }
  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis:  intkey=r[P2]
**
................................................................................
**
** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists
*/
case OP_NoConflict:     /* jump, in3 */
case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
  int alreadyExists;

  int ii;
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int res;
  char *pFree;
  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
  UnpackedRecord r;
  char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*4 + 7];
................................................................................
  assert( pC!=0 );
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
#endif
  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
  pFree = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to suppress a compiler warning. */
  if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
    r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
    r.aMem = pIn3;
    for(ii=0; ii<r.nField; ii++){
      assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[ii]) );
      ExpandBlob(&r.aMem[ii]);
................................................................................
    );
    if( pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem;
    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
    ExpandBlob(pIn3);
    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, pIdxKey);
  }
  pIdxKey->default_rc = 0;

  if( pOp->opcode==OP_NoConflict ){
    /* For the OP_NoConflict opcode, take the jump if any of the
    ** input fields are NULL, since any key with a NULL will not
    ** conflict */
    for(ii=0; ii<pIdxKey->nField; ii++){
      if( pIdxKey->aMem[ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
        pc = pOp->p2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
        break;
      }
    }
  }
  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res);
  if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pFree);
  }
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    break;
  }
  pC->seekResult = res;
  alreadyExists = (res==0);
  pC->nullRow = 1-alreadyExists;
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
    VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists!=0,2);
    if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }else{
    VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists==0,2);
    if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3]
**
................................................................................
  iKey = pIn3->u.i;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res);
  pC->movetoTarget = iKey;  /* Used by OP_Delete */
  pC->nullRow = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res!=0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  pC->seekResult = res;

  break;
}

/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++
**
** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
** Write the sequence number into register P2.
** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
** instruction.  
*/
case OP_Sequence: {           /* out2-prerelease */
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );

  pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++;
  break;
}


/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
................................................................................
** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds 
** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, 
** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
*/
case OP_NewRowid: {           /* out2-prerelease */
  i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
  VdbeCursor *pC;        /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
  int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
  int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
  Mem *pMem;             /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
  VdbeFrame *pFrame;     /* Root frame of VDBE */

  v = 0;
  res = 0;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  if( NEVER(pC->pCursor==0) ){
    /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
  }else{
    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
................................................................................
  assert( isSorter(pC) );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  nKeyCol = pOp->p4.i;
  res = 0;
  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nKeyCol, &res);
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }
  break;
};

/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
**
** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1.
................................................................................
** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
** P1 is currently point to.
**
** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table.  There used to
** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this
** one opcode now works for both table types.
*/
case OP_Rowid: {                 /* out2-prerelease */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  i64 v;
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;


  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 || pC->nullRow );
  if( pC->nullRow ){
    pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
    break;
................................................................................
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  if( pC->pCursor ){
    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1 
** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
**
................................................................................
  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
  res = 0;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = OP_Last;
#endif
  if( pOp->p2>0 ){
    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
    if( res ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}


/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
**
................................................................................
    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }
  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
................................................................................

  rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->pCursor, &res);
next_tail:
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2);
  if( res==0 ){
    pC->nullRow = 0;
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    p->aCounter[pOp->p5]++;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif

  }else{
    pC->nullRow = 1;
  }
  goto check_for_interrupt;
}

/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5
................................................................................
**
** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  This integer should be
** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
**
** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
*/
case OP_IdxRowid: {              /* out2-prerelease */
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  i64 rowid;


  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
................................................................................
    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
    res = -res;
  }else{
    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
    res++;
  }
  VdbeBranchTaken(res>0,2);
  if( res>0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
** file is given by P1.
................................................................................
** is stored in register P2.  If no page 
** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already 
** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
**
** See also: Clear
*/
case OP_Destroy: {     /* out2-prerelease */
  int iMoved;
  int iDb;

  assert( p->readOnly==0 );

  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
  if( db->nVdbeRead > db->nVDestroy+1 ){
    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
  }else{
    iDb = pOp->p3;
    assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
................................................................................
** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
** register P2.
**
** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
*/
case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2-prerelease */
case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2-prerelease */
  int pgno;
  int flags;
  Db *pDb;


  pgno = 0;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
................................................................................

  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 
   || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &val)==0
  ){
    /* The boolean index is empty */
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);

  }else{
    /* A value was pulled from the index */
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], val);
    VdbeBranchTaken(0,2);

  }
  goto check_for_interrupt;
}

/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4
** Synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2
**
................................................................................
  }

  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  assert( iSet==-1 || iSet>=0 );
  if( iSet ){
    exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, iSet, pIn3->u.i);
    VdbeBranchTaken(exists!=0,2);
    if( exists ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      break;
    }
  }
  if( iSet>=0 ){
    sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i);
  }
  break;
}

................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRt);
    pRt->flags = MEM_Frame;
    pRt->u.pFrame = pFrame;

    pFrame->v = p;
    pFrame->nChildMem = nMem;
    pFrame->nChildCsr = pProgram->nCsr;
    pFrame->pc = pc;
    pFrame->aMem = p->aMem;
    pFrame->nMem = p->nMem;
    pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr;
    pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor;
    pFrame->aOp = p->aOp;
    pFrame->nOp = p->nOp;
    pFrame->token = pProgram->token;
................................................................................
      pMem->flags = MEM_Undefined;
      pMem->db = db;
    }
  }else{
    pFrame = pRt->u.pFrame;
    assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem );
    assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr );
    assert( pc==pFrame->pc );
  }

  p->nFrame++;
  pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame;
  pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid;
  pFrame->nChange = p->nChange;
  pFrame->nDbChange = p->db->nChange;
................................................................................
  p->aOp = aOp = pProgram->aOp;
  p->nOp = pProgram->nOp;
  p->aOnceFlag = (u8 *)&p->apCsr[p->nCursor];
  p->nOnceFlag = pProgram->nOnce;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
  p->anExec = 0;
#endif
  pc = -1;
  memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag);

  break;
}

/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * *
**
................................................................................
** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* 
** and old.* values.
**
** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding
** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the
** calling OP_Program instruction.
*/
case OP_Param: {           /* out2-prerelease */
  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
  Mem *pIn;

  pFrame = p->pFrame;
  pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1];   
  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem);
  break;
}

#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
................................................................................
** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is
** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero
** (immediate foreign key constraint violations).
*/
case OP_FkIfZero: {         /* jump */
  if( pOp->p1 ){
    VdbeBranchTaken(db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
    if( db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }else{
    VdbeBranchTaken(p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
    if( p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }
  break;
}
#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
................................................................................
** If the initial value of register P1 is less than 1, then the
** value is unchanged and control passes through to the next instruction.
*/
case OP_IfPos: {        /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
  VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]<0 goto P2
**
** Register P1 must contain an integer.  Add literal P3 to the value in
................................................................................
** register P1 then if the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. 
*/
case OP_IfNeg: {        /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IfNotZero P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]+=P3, goto P2
**
** Register P1 must contain an integer.  If the content of register P1 is
................................................................................
*/
case OP_IfNotZero: {        /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i ){
     pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DecrJumpZero P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2
**
................................................................................
** then jump to P2 if the new value is exactly zero.
*/
case OP_DecrJumpZero: {      /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
  pIn1->u.i--;
  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}


/* Opcode: JumpZeroIncr P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: if (r[P1]++)==0 ) goto P2
**
................................................................................
** zero, then jump to P2.  Increment register P1 regardless of whether or
** not the jump is taken.
*/
case OP_JumpZeroIncr: {        /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2);
  if( (pIn1->u.i++)==0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])
**
** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  ctx.pMem = pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  pMem->n++;
  sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&t, db, MEM_Null);
  ctx.pOut = &t;
  ctx.isError = 0;
  ctx.pVdbe = p;
  ctx.iOp = pc;
  ctx.skipFlag = 0;
  (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
  if( ctx.isError ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&t));
    rc = ctx.isError;
  }
  if( ctx.skipFlag ){
................................................................................
** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple
** operation. No IO is required.
**
** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated.
**
** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2.
*/
case OP_JournalMode: {    /* out2-prerelease */
  Btree *pBt;                     /* Btree to change journal mode of */
  Pager *pPager;                  /* Pager associated with pBt */
  int eNew;                       /* New journal mode */
  int eOld;                       /* The old journal mode */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  const char *zFilename;          /* Name of database file for pPager */
#endif


  eNew = pOp->p3;
  assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 
       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 
       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
  VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2);
  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    rc = SQLITE_OK;

  }
  break;
}
#endif

/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
**
................................................................................

  /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
  assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
  nArg = (int)pArgc->u.i;
  iQuery = (int)pQuery->u.i;

  /* Invoke the xFilter method */
  {
    res = 0;
    apArg = p->apArg;
    for(i = 0; i<nArg; i++){
      apArg[i] = &pArgc[i+1];
    }

    rc = pModule->xFilter(pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg);
    sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      res = pModule->xEof(pVtabCursor);
    }

    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
    if( res ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    }
  }
  pCur->nullRow = 0;

  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)
................................................................................
  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor);
  }
  VdbeBranchTaken(!res,2);
  if( !res ){
    /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  goto check_for_interrupt;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
................................................................................
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
**
** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
*/
case OP_Pagecount: {            /* out2-prerelease */

  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt);
  break;
}
#endif


#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
................................................................................
**
** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3.
** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and
** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0.
**
** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2.
*/
case OP_MaxPgcnt: {            /* out2-prerelease */
  unsigned int newMax;
  Btree *pBt;


  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  newMax = 0;
  if( pOp->p3 ){
    newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt);
    if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3;
  }
  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
................................................................................
**
** If P2 is not zero, jump to instruction P2.
*/
case OP_Init: {          /* jump */
  char *zTrace;
  char *z;

  if( pOp->p2 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
  if( db->xTrace
   && !p->doingRerun
   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
  ){
    z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace);
    db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, z);
................................................................................
  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0
   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
  ){
    sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", zTrace);
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */

  break;
}


/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
**
** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
................................................................................

    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
    */
#ifndef NDEBUG
    assert( pc>=-1 && pc<p->nOp );

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
      if( rc!=0 ) printf("rc=%d\n",rc);
      if( pOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2) ){
        registerTrace(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
      }
      if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
        registerTrace(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
      }
    }
#endif  /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
................................................................................
  ** an error of some kind.
  */
vdbe_error_halt:
  assert( rc );
  p->rc = rc;
  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
  sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", 
                   pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
  rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){
    sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1);
  }

  Savepoint *p;
  for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++;
  assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) );
  return 1;
}
#endif

/*
** Return the register of pOp->p2 after first preparing it to be
** overwritten with an integer value.
*/ 
static Mem *out2Prerelease(Vdbe *p, VdbeOp *pOp){
  Mem *pOut;
  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
  assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  return pOut;
}


/*
** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can.
** This is the core of sqlite3_step().  
*/
int sqlite3VdbeExec(
  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
){

  Op *aOp = p->aOp;          /* Copy of p->aOp */
  Op *pOp = aOp;             /* Current operation */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
  u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */
  u8 encoding = ENC(db);     /* The database encoding */
  int iCompare = 0;          /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
  unsigned nVmStep = 0;      /* Number of virtual machine steps */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
................................................................................
        }
      }
    }
    if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace )  printf("VDBE Trace:\n");
  }
  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
#endif
  for(pOp=&aOp[p->pc]; rc==SQLITE_OK; pOp++){
    assert( pOp>=aOp && pOp<&aOp[p->nOp]);
    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
    start = sqlite3Hwtime();
#endif
    nVmStep++;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
    if( p->anExec ) p->anExec[(int)(pOp-aOp)]++;
#endif

    /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
    */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, (int)(pOp - aOp), pOp);
    }
#endif
      

    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
    ** if we have a special test build.
    */
................................................................................
      sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
      if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
        sqlite3_interrupt(db);
      }
    }
#endif
















    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
      assert( pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
      assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
      assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]);
    }
................................................................................
** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
**
** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2, out3.  See
** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
**
** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
** file.
**
................................................................................
**
** The P1 parameter is not actually used by this opcode.  However, it
** is sometimes set to 1 instead of 0 as a hint to the command-line shell
** that this Goto is the bottom of a loop and that the lines from P2 down
** to the current line should be indented for EXPLAIN output.
*/
case OP_Goto: {             /* jump */
jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt:
  pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1];

  /* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev,
  ** OP_VNext, OP_RowSetNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon
  ** completion.  Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called
  ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. 
  **
  ** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean.
................................................................................
*/
case OP_Gosub: {            /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
  pIn1->u.i = (int)(pOp-aOp);
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);

  /* Most jump operations do a goto to this spot in order to update
  ** the pOp pointer. */
jump_to_p2:
  pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1];
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Return P1 * * * *
**
** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.  After
** the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
*/
case OP_Return: {           /* in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  pOp = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Set up register P1 so that it will Yield to the coroutine
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p1>0 &&  pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
  assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nOp );
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) );
  pOut->u.i = pOp->p3 - 1;
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  if( pOp->p2 ) goto jump_to_p2;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  EndCoroutine P1 * * * *
**
** The instruction at the address in register P1 is a Yield.
** Jump to the P2 parameter of that Yield.
................................................................................
  VdbeOp *pCaller;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.i<p->nOp );
  pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
  assert( pCaller->opcode==OP_Yield );
  assert( pCaller->p2>=0 && pCaller->p2<p->nOp );
  pOp = &aOp[pCaller->p2 - 1];
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Yield P1 P2 * * *
**
** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.  This
................................................................................
*/
case OP_Yield: {            /* in1, jump */
  int pcDest;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
  pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
  pIn1->u.i = (int)(pOp - aOp);
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
  pOp = &aOp[pcDest];
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  HaltIfNull  P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis:  if r[P3]=null halt
**
** Check the value in register P3.  If it is NULL then Halt using
................................................................................
** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
** is the same as executing Halt.
*/
case OP_Halt: {
  const char *zType;
  const char *zLogFmt;
  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
  int pcx;

  pcx = (int)(pOp - aOp);
  if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){
    /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */
    pFrame = p->pFrame;
    p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent;
    p->nFrame--;
    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
    pcx = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
    lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
    if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
      /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program 
      ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
      ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
      ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
      ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program.  */
      pcx = p->aOp[pcx].p2-1;
    }
    aOp = p->aOp;
    aMem = p->aMem;
    pOp = &aOp[pcx];
    break;
  }
  p->rc = pOp->p1;
  p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2;
  p->pc = pcx;
  if( p->rc ){
    if( pOp->p5 ){
      static const char * const azType[] = { "NOT NULL", "UNIQUE", "CHECK",
                                             "FOREIGN KEY" };
      assert( pOp->p5>=1 && pOp->p5<=4 );
      testcase( pOp->p5==1 );
      testcase( pOp->p5==2 );
................................................................................
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed: %s", 
                       zType, pOp->p4.z);
    }else if( pOp->p4.z ){
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
    }else{
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed", zType);
    }
    sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, zLogFmt, pcx, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
  }
  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }else{
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 || db->nDeferredImmCons>0 );
    rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
  }
  pOp = &aOp[pcx];
  goto vdbe_return;
}

/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=P1
**
** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
*/
case OP_Integer: {         /* out2 */
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
**
** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
** Write that value into register P2.
*/
case OP_Int64: {           /* out2 */
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
  pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
  break;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4
**
** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
** Write that value into register P2.
*/
case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2 */
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
  assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
  pOut->u.r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
  break;
}
#endif

................................................................................
** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4'
**
** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed 
** into a String opcode before it is executed for the first time.  During
** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored
** as the P1 parameter.
*/
case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING, out2 */
  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
  pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
    if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big;
................................................................................
** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
**
** If P5!=0 and the content of register P3 is greater than zero, then
** the datatype of the register P2 is converted to BLOB.  The content is
** the same sequence of bytes, it is merely interpreted as a BLOB instead
** of a string, as if it had been CAST.
*/
case OP_String: {          /* out2 */
  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
  pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
  pOut->n = pOp->p1;
  pOut->enc = encoding;
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  if( pOp->p5 ){
    assert( pOp->p3>0 );
................................................................................
** is less than P2 (typically P3 is zero) then only register P2 is
** set to NULL.
**
** If the P1 value is non-zero, then also set the MEM_Cleared flag so that
** NULL values will not compare equal even if SQLITE_NULLEQ is set on
** OP_Ne or OP_Eq.
*/
case OP_Null: {           /* out2 */
  int cnt;
  u16 nullFlag;
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
  assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null;
  while( cnt>0 ){
    pOut++;
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
................................................................................

/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)
**
** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long.  Store this
** blob in register P2.
*/
case OP_Blob: {                /* out2 */
  assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
  pOut->enc = encoding;
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 *
................................................................................
** Synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)
**
** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2
**
** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4.
** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name().
*/
case OP_Variable: {            /* out2 */
  Mem *pVar;       /* Value being transferred */

  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
  assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] );
  pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1];
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){
    goto too_big;
  }
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pVar, MEM_Static);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis:  r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]);
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]);
  }
  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;

  /* Return SQLITE_ROW
  */
  p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp) + 1;
  rc = SQLITE_ROW;
  goto vdbe_return;
}

/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]
**
................................................................................
    apVal[i] = pArg;
    Deephemeralize(pArg);
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pArg);
  }

  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF );
  ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
  ctx.iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp);
  ctx.pVdbe = p;
  MemSetTypeFlag(ctx.pOut, MEM_Null);
  ctx.fErrorOrAux = 0;
  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
  (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
  lastRowid = db->lastRowid;  /* Remember rowid changes made by xFunc */

  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
  if( ctx.fErrorOrAux ){
    if( ctx.isError ){
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(ctx.pOut));
      rc = ctx.isError;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, (int)(pOp - aOp), pOp->p1);
  }

  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(ctx.pOut, encoding);
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(ctx.pOut) ){
    goto too_big;
  }
................................................................................
    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
    VdbeBranchTaken((pIn1->flags&MEM_Int)==0, 2);
    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( pOp->p2==0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }else{
        goto jump_to_p2;

      }
    }
  }
  MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
  break;
}

................................................................................
      if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
        pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
        MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
      }else{
        VdbeBranchTaken(2,3);
        if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
          goto jump_to_p2;
        }
      }
      break;
    }
  }else{
    /* Neither operand is NULL.  Do a comparison. */
    affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
................................................................................
    case OP_Eq:    res = res==0;     break;
    case OP_Ne:    res = res!=0;     break;
    case OP_Lt:    res = res<0;      break;
    case OP_Le:    res = res<=0;     break;
    case OP_Gt:    res = res>0;      break;
    default:       res = res>=0;     break;
  }

  /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */
  assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn) == (flags1 & MEM_Dyn) );
  pIn1->flags = flags1;
  assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Dyn) == (flags3 & MEM_Dyn) );
  pIn3->flags = flags3;

  if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
    pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
    pOut->u.i = res;
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
  }else{
    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0, (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ)?2:3);
    if( res ){
      goto jump_to_p2;
    }
  }





  break;
}

/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
**
** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
** of integers in P4.
................................................................................
**
** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
*/
case OP_Jump: {             /* jump */
  if( iCompare<0 ){
    VdbeBranchTaken(0,3); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p1 - 1];
  }else if( iCompare==0 ){
    VdbeBranchTaken(1,3); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1];
  }else{
    VdbeBranchTaken(2,3); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p3 - 1];
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])
**
................................................................................
** All "once" flags are initially cleared whenever a prepared statement
** first begins to run.
*/
case OP_Once: {             /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag );
  VdbeBranchTaken(p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1]!=0, 2);
  if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){
    goto jump_to_p2;
  }else{
    p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] = 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
................................................................................
#else
    c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
#endif
    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
  }
  VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2);
  if( c ){
    goto jump_to_p2;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis:  if r[P1]==NULL goto P2
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
*/
case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0, 2);
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
    goto jump_to_p2;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.  
*/
case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0, 2);
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    goto jump_to_p2;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis:  r[P3]=PX
**
................................................................................
*/
case OP_MakeRecord: {
  u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
  Mem *pRec;             /* The new record */
  u64 nData;             /* Number of bytes of data space */
  int nHdr;              /* Number of bytes of header space */
  i64 nByte;             /* Data space required for this record */
  i64 nZero;             /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
  int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
  Mem *pData0;           /* First field to be combined into the record */
  Mem *pLast;            /* Last field of the record */
  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
  int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
................................................................................
  }else{
    /* Rare case of a really large header */
    nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
    nHdr += nVarint;
    if( nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr) ) nHdr++;
  }
  nByte = nHdr+nData;
  if( nByte+nZero>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    goto too_big;
  }

  /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store 
  ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
  ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
  ** sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize() could clobber the value before it is used).
................................................................................
/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=count()
**
** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index 
** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
case OP_Count: {         /* out2 */
  i64 nEntry;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;

  pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor;
  assert( pCrsr );
  nEntry = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to silence a warning. */
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, &nEntry);
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  pOut->u.i = nEntry;
  break;
}
#endif

/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
**
................................................................................
      int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
      if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
        if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
          goto vdbe_return;
        }
        db->autoCommit = 1;
        if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
          p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp);
          db->autoCommit = 0;
          p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
          goto vdbe_return;
        }
        db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
        rc = p->rc;
      }else{
................................................................................
      sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK);
      db->autoCommit = 1;
    }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto vdbe_return;
    }else{
      db->autoCommit = (u8)desiredAutoCommit;
      if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
        p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp);
        db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-desiredAutoCommit);
        p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        goto vdbe_return;
      }
    }
    assert( db->nStatement==0 );
    sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
................................................................................
    goto abort_due_to_error;
  }
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;

  if( pBt ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
      p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp);
      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
      goto vdbe_return;
    }
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }

................................................................................
** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
** temporary tables.
**
** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
** executing this instruction.
*/
case OP_ReadCookie: {               /* out2 */
  int iMeta;
  int iDb;
  int iCookie;

  assert( p->bIsReader );
  iDb = pOp->p1;
  iCookie = pOp->p3;
  assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );

  sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  pOut->u.i = iMeta;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
................................................................................
*/
case OP_SequenceTest: {
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC->pSorter );
  if( (pC->seqCount++)==0 ){
    goto jump_to_p2;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]
**
................................................................................

    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
    if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
        /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
        ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
        VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); goto jump_to_p2;
        break;
      }

      /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search
      ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term
      ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5:
      **
................................................................................
      */
      res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
    }
  }
  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res ){
    goto jump_to_p2;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis:  intkey=r[P2]
**
................................................................................
**
** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists
*/
case OP_NoConflict:     /* jump, in3 */
case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
  int alreadyExists;
  int takeJump;
  int ii;
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int res;
  char *pFree;
  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
  UnpackedRecord r;
  char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*4 + 7];
................................................................................
  assert( pC!=0 );
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
#endif
  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
  pFree = 0;
  if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
    r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
    r.aMem = pIn3;
    for(ii=0; ii<r.nField; ii++){
      assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[ii]) );
      ExpandBlob(&r.aMem[ii]);
................................................................................
    );
    if( pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem;
    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
    ExpandBlob(pIn3);
    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, pIdxKey);
  }
  pIdxKey->default_rc = 0;
  takeJump = 0;
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_NoConflict ){
    /* For the OP_NoConflict opcode, take the jump if any of the
    ** input fields are NULL, since any key with a NULL will not
    ** conflict */
    for(ii=0; ii<pIdxKey->nField; ii++){
      if( pIdxKey->aMem[ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
        takeJump = 1;
        break;
      }
    }
  }
  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res);

  sqlite3DbFree(db, pFree);

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    break;
  }
  pC->seekResult = res;
  alreadyExists = (res==0);
  pC->nullRow = 1-alreadyExists;
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
    VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists!=0,2);
    if( alreadyExists ) goto jump_to_p2;
  }else{
    VdbeBranchTaken(takeJump||alreadyExists==0,2);
    if( takeJump || !alreadyExists ) goto jump_to_p2;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3]
**
................................................................................
  iKey = pIn3->u.i;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res);
  pC->movetoTarget = iKey;  /* Used by OP_Delete */
  pC->nullRow = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);



  pC->seekResult = res;
  if( res!=0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++
**
** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
** Write the sequence number into register P2.
** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
** instruction.  
*/
case OP_Sequence: {           /* out2 */
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++;
  break;
}


/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
................................................................................
** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds 
** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, 
** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
*/
case OP_NewRowid: {           /* out2 */
  i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
  VdbeCursor *pC;        /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
  int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
  int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
  Mem *pMem;             /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
  VdbeFrame *pFrame;     /* Root frame of VDBE */

  v = 0;
  res = 0;
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  if( NEVER(pC->pCursor==0) ){
    /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
  }else{
    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
................................................................................
  assert( isSorter(pC) );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  nKeyCol = pOp->p4.i;
  res = 0;
  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nKeyCol, &res);
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;


  break;
};

/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
**
** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1.
................................................................................
** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
** P1 is currently point to.
**
** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table.  There used to
** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this
** one opcode now works for both table types.
*/
case OP_Rowid: {                 /* out2 */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  i64 v;
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;

  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 || pC->nullRow );
  if( pC->nullRow ){
    pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
    break;
................................................................................
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  if( pC->pCursor ){
    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1 
** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
**
................................................................................
  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
  res = 0;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  pC->seekResult = pOp->p3;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = OP_Last;
#endif
  if( pOp->p2>0 ){
    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
    if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;
  }
  break;
}


/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
**
................................................................................
    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }
  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;


  break;
}

/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
................................................................................

  rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->pCursor, &res);
next_tail:
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2);
  if( res==0 ){
    pC->nullRow = 0;

    p->aCounter[pOp->p5]++;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
    goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt;
  }else{
    pC->nullRow = 1;
  }
  goto check_for_interrupt;
}

/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5
................................................................................
**
** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  This integer should be
** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
**
** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
*/
case OP_IdxRowid: {              /* out2 */
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  i64 rowid;

  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
................................................................................
    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT );
    res = -res;
  }else{
    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT );
    res++;
  }
  VdbeBranchTaken(res>0,2);
  if( res>0 ) goto jump_to_p2;


  break;
}

/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
** file is given by P1.
................................................................................
** is stored in register P2.  If no page 
** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already 
** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
**
** See also: Clear
*/
case OP_Destroy: {     /* out2 */
  int iMoved;
  int iDb;

  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
  if( db->nVdbeRead > db->nVDestroy+1 ){
    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
  }else{
    iDb = pOp->p3;
    assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) );
................................................................................
** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
** register P2.
**
** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
*/
case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2 */
case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2 */
  int pgno;
  int flags;
  Db *pDb;

  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  pgno = 0;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
................................................................................

  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 
   || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &val)==0
  ){
    /* The boolean index is empty */
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);

    VdbeBranchTaken(1,2);
    goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt;
  }else{
    /* A value was pulled from the index */

    VdbeBranchTaken(0,2);
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], val);
  }
  goto check_for_interrupt;
}

/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4
** Synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2
**
................................................................................
  }

  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  assert( iSet==-1 || iSet>=0 );
  if( iSet ){
    exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, iSet, pIn3->u.i);
    VdbeBranchTaken(exists!=0,2);
    if( exists ) goto jump_to_p2;



  }
  if( iSet>=0 ){
    sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i);
  }
  break;
}

................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRt);
    pRt->flags = MEM_Frame;
    pRt->u.pFrame = pFrame;

    pFrame->v = p;
    pFrame->nChildMem = nMem;
    pFrame->nChildCsr = pProgram->nCsr;
    pFrame->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp);
    pFrame->aMem = p->aMem;
    pFrame->nMem = p->nMem;
    pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr;
    pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor;
    pFrame->aOp = p->aOp;
    pFrame->nOp = p->nOp;
    pFrame->token = pProgram->token;
................................................................................
      pMem->flags = MEM_Undefined;
      pMem->db = db;
    }
  }else{
    pFrame = pRt->u.pFrame;
    assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem );
    assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr );
    assert( (int)(pOp - aOp)==pFrame->pc );
  }

  p->nFrame++;
  pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame;
  pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid;
  pFrame->nChange = p->nChange;
  pFrame->nDbChange = p->db->nChange;
................................................................................
  p->aOp = aOp = pProgram->aOp;
  p->nOp = pProgram->nOp;
  p->aOnceFlag = (u8 *)&p->apCsr[p->nCursor];
  p->nOnceFlag = pProgram->nOnce;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
  p->anExec = 0;
#endif
  pOp = &aOp[-1];
  memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag);

  break;
}

/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * *
**
................................................................................
** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* 
** and old.* values.
**
** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding
** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the
** calling OP_Program instruction.
*/
case OP_Param: {           /* out2 */
  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
  Mem *pIn;
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  pFrame = p->pFrame;
  pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1];   
  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem);
  break;
}

#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
................................................................................
** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is
** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero
** (immediate foreign key constraint violations).
*/
case OP_FkIfZero: {         /* jump */
  if( pOp->p1 ){
    VdbeBranchTaken(db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
    if( db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
  }else{
    VdbeBranchTaken(p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2);
    if( p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) goto jump_to_p2;
  }
  break;
}
#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
................................................................................
** If the initial value of register P1 is less than 1, then the
** value is unchanged and control passes through to the next instruction.
*/
case OP_IfPos: {        /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
  VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ) goto jump_to_p2;


  break;
}

/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]<0 goto P2
**
** Register P1 must contain an integer.  Add literal P3 to the value in
................................................................................
** register P1 then if the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. 
*/
case OP_IfNeg: {        /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i<0 ) goto jump_to_p2;


  break;
}

/* Opcode: IfNotZero P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]+=P3, goto P2
**
** Register P1 must contain an integer.  If the content of register P1 is
................................................................................
*/
case OP_IfNotZero: {        /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i ){
     pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
     goto jump_to_p2;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DecrJumpZero P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2
**
................................................................................
** then jump to P2 if the new value is exactly zero.
*/
case OP_DecrJumpZero: {      /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
  pIn1->u.i--;
  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ) goto jump_to_p2;


  break;
}


/* Opcode: JumpZeroIncr P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: if (r[P1]++)==0 ) goto P2
**
................................................................................
** zero, then jump to P2.  Increment register P1 regardless of whether or
** not the jump is taken.
*/
case OP_JumpZeroIncr: {        /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2);
  if( (pIn1->u.i++)==0 ) goto jump_to_p2;


  break;
}

/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])
**
** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  ctx.pMem = pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  pMem->n++;
  sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&t, db, MEM_Null);
  ctx.pOut = &t;
  ctx.isError = 0;
  ctx.pVdbe = p;
  ctx.iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp);
  ctx.skipFlag = 0;
  (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
  if( ctx.isError ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&t));
    rc = ctx.isError;
  }
  if( ctx.skipFlag ){
................................................................................
** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple
** operation. No IO is required.
**
** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated.
**
** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2.
*/
case OP_JournalMode: {    /* out2 */
  Btree *pBt;                     /* Btree to change journal mode of */
  Pager *pPager;                  /* Pager associated with pBt */
  int eNew;                       /* New journal mode */
  int eOld;                       /* The old journal mode */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  const char *zFilename;          /* Name of database file for pPager */
#endif

  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  eNew = pOp->p3;
  assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 
       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 
       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
       || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) );
  assert( p->readOnly==0 );
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
  VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2);
  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){

    rc = SQLITE_OK;
    goto jump_to_p2;
  }
  break;
}
#endif

/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
**
................................................................................

  /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
  assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
  nArg = (int)pArgc->u.i;
  iQuery = (int)pQuery->u.i;

  /* Invoke the xFilter method */

  res = 0;
  apArg = p->apArg;
  for(i = 0; i<nArg; i++){
    apArg[i] = &pArgc[i+1];
  }

  rc = pModule->xFilter(pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg);
  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    res = pModule->xEof(pVtabCursor);
  }
  pCur->nullRow = 0;
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;





  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)
................................................................................
  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor);
  }
  VdbeBranchTaken(!res,2);
  if( !res ){
    /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
    goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt;
  }
  goto check_for_interrupt;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
................................................................................
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
**
** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
*/
case OP_Pagecount: {            /* out2 */
  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt);
  break;
}
#endif


#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
................................................................................
**
** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3.
** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and
** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0.
**
** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2.
*/
case OP_MaxPgcnt: {            /* out2 */
  unsigned int newMax;
  Btree *pBt;

  pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  newMax = 0;
  if( pOp->p3 ){
    newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt);
    if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3;
  }
  pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
................................................................................
**
** If P2 is not zero, jump to instruction P2.
*/
case OP_Init: {          /* jump */
  char *zTrace;
  char *z;




#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
  if( db->xTrace
   && !p->doingRerun
   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
  ){
    z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace);
    db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, z);
................................................................................
  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0
   && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
  ){
    sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", zTrace);
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
  if( pOp->p2 ) goto jump_to_p2;
  break;
}


/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
**
** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
................................................................................

    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
    */
#ifndef NDEBUG
    assert( pOp>=&aOp[-1] && pOp<&aOp[p->nOp] );

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){
      if( rc!=0 ) printf("rc=%d\n",rc);
      if( pOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2) ){
        registerTrace(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
      }
      if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
        registerTrace(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
      }
    }
#endif  /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
................................................................................
  ** an error of some kind.
  */
vdbe_error_halt:
  assert( rc );
  p->rc = rc;
  testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
  sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", 
                   (int)(pOp - aOp), p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
  rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){
    sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1);
  }

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
  char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*);
#endif
int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);

void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);

UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **);

typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
  char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*);
#endif
int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);

void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(int, const void *, UnpackedRecord *, int);
UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **);

typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);

** returned.
**
** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to 
** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered, 
** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the
** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db).
*/
static int vdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,         /* Right key */
  int bSkip                       /* If true, skip the first field */
){
  u32 d1;                         /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
  int i;                          /* Index of next field to compare */
  u32 szHdr1;                     /* Size of record header in bytes */
................................................................................
  );
  return pPKey2->default_rc;
}
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2          /* Right key */
){
  return vdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);
}


/*
** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the 
** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single
................................................................................
  if( v>lhs ){
    res = pPKey2->r1;
  }else if( v<lhs ){
    res = pPKey2->r2;
  }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing 
    ** fields.  */
    res = vdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
  }else{
    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing
    ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */
    res = pPKey2->default_rc;
  }

  assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) );
................................................................................
    nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr );
    res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp);

    if( res==0 ){
      res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n;
      if( res==0 ){
        if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
          res = vdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
        }else{
          res = pPKey2->default_rc;
        }
      }else if( res>0 ){
        res = pPKey2->r2;
      }else{
        res = pPKey2->r1;

** returned.
**
** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to 
** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered, 
** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the
** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db).
*/
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2,         /* Right key */
  int bSkip                       /* If true, skip the first field */
){
  u32 d1;                         /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
  int i;                          /* Index of next field to compare */
  u32 szHdr1;                     /* Size of record header in bytes */
................................................................................
  );
  return pPKey2->default_rc;
}
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2          /* Right key */
){
  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);
}


/*
** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() 
** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the 
** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single
................................................................................
  if( v>lhs ){
    res = pPKey2->r1;
  }else if( v<lhs ){
    res = pPKey2->r2;
  }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing 
    ** fields.  */
    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
  }else{
    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing
    ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */
    res = pPKey2->default_rc;
  }

  assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) );
................................................................................
    nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr );
    res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp);

    if( res==0 ){
      res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n;
      if( res==0 ){
        if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
          res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
        }else{
          res = pPKey2->default_rc;
        }
      }else if( res>0 ){
        res = pPKey2->r2;
      }else{
        res = pPKey2->r1;

**      to sqlite3ThreadJoin() is likely to block. Cases that are likely to
**      block provoke debugging output.
**
** In both cases, the effects of the main thread seeing (bDone==0) even
** after the thread has finished are not dire. So we don't worry about
** memory barriers and such here.
*/

struct SortSubtask {
  SQLiteThread *pThread;          /* Background thread, if any */
  int bDone;                      /* Set if thread is finished but not joined */
  VdbeSorter *pSorter;            /* Sorter that owns this sub-task */
  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked;      /* Space to unpack a record */
  SorterList list;                /* List for thread to write to a PMA */
  int nPMA;                       /* Number of PMAs currently in file */

  SorterFile file;                /* Temp file for level-0 PMAs */
  SorterFile file2;               /* Space for other PMAs */
};


/*
** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each 
** sorter cursor created by the VDBE.
**
** mxKeysize:
**   As records are added to the sorter by calls to sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(),
................................................................................
  SorterList list;                /* List of in-memory records */
  int iMemory;                    /* Offset of free space in list.aMemory */
  int nMemory;                    /* Size of list.aMemory allocation in bytes */
  u8 bUsePMA;                     /* True if one or more PMAs created */
  u8 bUseThreads;                 /* True to use background threads */
  u8 iPrev;                       /* Previous thread used to flush PMA */
  u8 nTask;                       /* Size of aTask[] array */

  SortSubtask aTask[1];           /* One or more subtasks */
};




/*
** An instance of the following object is used to read records out of a
** PMA, in sorted order.  The next key to be read is cached in nKey/aKey.
** aKey might point into aMap or into aBuffer.  If neither of those locations
** contain a contiguous representation of the key, then aAlloc is allocated
** and the key is copied into aAlloc and aKey is made to poitn to aAlloc.
................................................................................

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pReadr);
  }
  return rc;
}




















/*
** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, 
** size nKey2 bytes). Use (pTask->pKeyInfo) for the collation sequences
** used by the comparison. Return the result of the comparison.
**
** Before returning, object (pTask->pUnpacked) is populated with the
** unpacked version of key2. Or, if pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it 
** is assumed that the (pTask->pUnpacked) structure already contains the 
** unpacked key to use as key2.
**
** If an OOM error is encountered, (pTask->pUnpacked->error_rc) is set
** to SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
static int vdbeSorterCompare(
  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */

  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
){
  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked;
  if( pKey2 ){
    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);

  }
  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2);
}















































































































/*
** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor.
**
** Usually, the sorter module uses the value of (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nField)
** to determine the number of fields that should be compared from the
** records being sorted. However, if the value passed as argument nField
................................................................................
  pCsr->pSorter = pSorter;
  if( pSorter==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    pSorter->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)((u8*)pSorter + sz);
    memcpy(pKeyInfo, pCsr->pKeyInfo, szKeyInfo);
    pKeyInfo->db = 0;


    if( nField && nWorker==0 ) pKeyInfo->nField = nField;

    pSorter->pgsz = pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
    pSorter->nTask = nWorker + 1;

    pSorter->bUseThreads = (pSorter->nTask>1);
    pSorter->db = db;
    for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){
      SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
      pTask->pSorter = pSorter;
    }

................................................................................
      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch==0 ){
        assert( pSorter->iMemory==0 );
        pSorter->nMemory = pgsz;
        pSorter->list.aMemory = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(pgsz);
        if( !pSorter->list.aMemory ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
    }






  }

  return rc;
}
#undef nWorker   /* Defined at the top of this function */

/*
................................................................................

/*
** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All 
** fields of *pTask are zeroed before returning.
*/
static void vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(sqlite3 *db, SortSubtask *pTask){
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTask->pUnpacked);
  pTask->pUnpacked = 0;
#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
  /* pTask->list.aMemory can only be non-zero if it was handed memory
  ** from the main thread.  That only occurs SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
  if( pTask->list.aMemory ){
    sqlite3_free(pTask->list.aMemory);
    pTask->list.aMemory = 0;
  }else
#endif
  {
    assert( pTask->list.aMemory==0 );
    vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pTask->list.pList);
  }
  pTask->list.pList = 0;
  if( pTask->file.pFd ){
    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file.pFd);
    pTask->file.pFd = 0;
    pTask->file.iEof = 0;
  }
  if( pTask->file2.pFd ){
    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file2.pFd);
    pTask->file2.pFd = 0;
    pTask->file2.iEof = 0;
  }

}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS
static void vdbeSorterWorkDebug(SortSubtask *pTask, const char *zEvent){
  i64 t;
  int iTask = (pTask - pTask->pSorter->aTask);
  sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t);
................................................................................
  }
#endif
  vdbeMergeEngineFree(pSorter->pMerger);
  pSorter->pMerger = 0;
  for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){
    SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
    vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(db, pTask);

  }
  if( pSorter->list.aMemory==0 ){
    vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pSorter->list.pList);
  }
  pSorter->list.pList = 0;
  pSorter->list.szPMA = 0;
  pSorter->bUsePMA = 0;
................................................................................
  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Calling thread context */
  SorterRecord *p1,               /* First list to merge */
  SorterRecord *p2,               /* Second list to merge */
  SorterRecord **ppOut            /* OUT: Head of merged list */
){
  SorterRecord *pFinal = 0;
  SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal;
  void *pVal2 = p2 ? SRVAL(p2) : 0;

  while( p1 && p2 ){
    int res;
    res = vdbeSorterCompare(pTask, SRVAL(p1), p1->nVal, pVal2, p2->nVal);



    if( res<=0 ){
      *pp = p1;
      pp = &p1->u.pNext;
      p1 = p1->u.pNext;
      pVal2 = 0;
    }else{
      *pp = p2;
       pp = &p2->u.pNext;
      p2 = p2->u.pNext;
      if( p2==0 ) break;
      pVal2 = SRVAL(p2);

    }
  }
  *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2;
  *ppOut = pFinal;
}














/*
** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return 
** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if 
** an error occurs.
*/
static int vdbeSorterSort(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){
................................................................................
  SorterRecord **aSlot;
  SorterRecord *p;
  int rc;

  rc = vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(pTask);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;




  aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *));
  if( !aSlot ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  p = pList->pList;
  while( p ){
    SorterRecord *pNext;
    if( pList->aMemory ){
      if( (u8*)p==pList->aMemory ){
        pNext = 0;
      }else{
        assert( p->u.iNext<sqlite3MallocSize(pList->aMemory) );
................................................................................
  rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(&pMerger->aReadr[iPrev]);

  /* Update contents of aTree[] */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int i;                      /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */
    PmaReader *pReadr1;         /* First PmaReader to compare */
    PmaReader *pReadr2;         /* Second PmaReader to compare */
    u8 *pKey2;                  /* To pReadr2->aKey, or 0 if record cached */

    /* Find the first two PmaReaders to compare. The one that was just
    ** advanced (iPrev) and the one next to it in the array.  */
    pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev & 0xFFFE)];
    pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev | 0x0001)];
    pKey2 = pReadr2->aKey;

    for(i=(pMerger->nTree+iPrev)/2; i>0; i=i/2){
      /* Compare pReadr1 and pReadr2. Store the result in variable iRes. */
      int iRes;
      if( pReadr1->pFd==0 ){
        iRes = +1;
      }else if( pReadr2->pFd==0 ){
        iRes = -1;
      }else{
        iRes = vdbeSorterCompare(pTask, 
            pReadr1->aKey, pReadr1->nKey, pKey2, pReadr2->nKey
        );
      }

      /* If pReadr1 contained the smaller value, set aTree[i] to its index.
      ** Then set pReadr2 to the next PmaReader to compare to pReadr1. In this
      ** case there is no cache of pReadr2 in pTask->pUnpacked, so set
      ** pKey2 to point to the record belonging to pReadr2.
................................................................................
      ** If the two values were equal, then the value from the oldest
      ** PMA should be considered smaller. The VdbeSorter.aReadr[] array
      ** is sorted from oldest to newest, so pReadr1 contains older values
      ** than pReadr2 iff (pReadr1<pReadr2).  */
      if( iRes<0 || (iRes==0 && pReadr1<pReadr2) ){
        pMerger->aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr1 - pMerger->aReadr);
        pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
        pKey2 = pReadr2->aKey;
      }else{
        if( pReadr1->pFd ) pKey2 = 0;
        pMerger->aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr2 - pMerger->aReadr);
        pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
      }
    }
    *pbEof = (pMerger->aReadr[pMerger->aTree[1]].pFd==0);
  }

................................................................................
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
  SorterRecord *pNew;             /* New list element */

  int bFlush;                     /* True to flush contents of memory to PMA */
  int nReq;                       /* Bytes of memory required */
  int nPMA;                       /* Bytes of PMA space required */











  assert( pSorter );

  /* Figure out whether or not the current contents of memory should be
  ** flushed to a PMA before continuing. If so, do so.
  **
  ** If using the single large allocation mode (pSorter->aMemory!=0), then
................................................................................
  p2 = &pMerger->aReadr[i2];

  if( p1->pFd==0 ){
    iRes = i2;
  }else if( p2->pFd==0 ){
    iRes = i1;
  }else{


    int res;
    assert( pMerger->pTask->pUnpacked!=0 );  /* from vdbeSortSubtaskMain() */
    res = vdbeSorterCompare(

        pMerger->pTask, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey
    );
    if( res<=0 ){
      iRes = i1;
    }else{
      iRes = i2;
    }
  }
................................................................................
*/
static int vdbeSorterSetupMerge(VdbeSorter *pSorter){
  int rc;                         /* Return code */
  SortSubtask *pTask0 = &pSorter->aTask[0];
  MergeEngine *pMain = 0;
#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
  sqlite3 *db = pTask0->pSorter->db;





#endif

  rc = vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(pSorter, &pMain);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
    assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==0 || pSorter->nTask>1 );
    if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){

**      to sqlite3ThreadJoin() is likely to block. Cases that are likely to
**      block provoke debugging output.
**
** In both cases, the effects of the main thread seeing (bDone==0) even
** after the thread has finished are not dire. So we don't worry about
** memory barriers and such here.
*/
typedef int (*SorterCompare)(SortSubtask*,int*,const void*,int,const void*,int);
struct SortSubtask {
  SQLiteThread *pThread;          /* Background thread, if any */
  int bDone;                      /* Set if thread is finished but not joined */
  VdbeSorter *pSorter;            /* Sorter that owns this sub-task */
  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked;      /* Space to unpack a record */
  SorterList list;                /* List for thread to write to a PMA */
  int nPMA;                       /* Number of PMAs currently in file */
  SorterCompare xCompare;         /* Compare function to use */
  SorterFile file;                /* Temp file for level-0 PMAs */
  SorterFile file2;               /* Space for other PMAs */
};


/*
** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each 
** sorter cursor created by the VDBE.
**
** mxKeysize:
**   As records are added to the sorter by calls to sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(),
................................................................................
  SorterList list;                /* List of in-memory records */
  int iMemory;                    /* Offset of free space in list.aMemory */
  int nMemory;                    /* Size of list.aMemory allocation in bytes */
  u8 bUsePMA;                     /* True if one or more PMAs created */
  u8 bUseThreads;                 /* True to use background threads */
  u8 iPrev;                       /* Previous thread used to flush PMA */
  u8 nTask;                       /* Size of aTask[] array */
  u8 typeMask;
  SortSubtask aTask[1];           /* One or more subtasks */
};

#define SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER 0x01
#define SORTER_TYPE_TEXT    0x02

/*
** An instance of the following object is used to read records out of a
** PMA, in sorted order.  The next key to be read is cached in nKey/aKey.
** aKey might point into aMap or into aBuffer.  If neither of those locations
** contain a contiguous representation of the key, then aAlloc is allocated
** and the key is copied into aAlloc and aKey is made to poitn to aAlloc.
................................................................................

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pReadr);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** A version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that it has already been
** determined that the first field of key1 is equal to the first field of 
** key2.
*/
static int vdbeSorterCompareTail(
  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */
  int *pbKey2Cached,              /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */
  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
){
  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked;
  if( *pbKey2Cached==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
    *pbKey2Cached = 1;
  }
  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, r2, 1);
}

/*
** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, 
** size nKey2 bytes). Use (pTask->pKeyInfo) for the collation sequences
** used by the comparison. Return the result of the comparison.
**
** If IN/OUT parameter *pbKey2Cached is true when this function is called,
** it is assumed that (pTask->pUnpacked) contains the unpacked version
** of key2. If it is false, (pTask->pUnpacked) is populated with the unpacked
** version of key2 and *pbKey2Cached set to true before returning.
**
** If an OOM error is encountered, (pTask->pUnpacked->error_rc) is set
** to SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
static int vdbeSorterCompare(
  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */
  int *pbKey2Cached,              /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */
  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
){
  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked;
  if( !*pbKey2Cached ){
    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
    *pbKey2Cached = 1;
  }
  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2);
}

/*
** A specially optimized version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that
** the first field of each key is a TEXT value and that the collation
** sequence to compare them with is BINARY.
*/
static int vdbeSorterCompareText(
  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */
  int *pbKey2Cached,              /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */
  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
){
  const u8 * const p1 = (const u8 * const)pKey1;
  const u8 * const p2 = (const u8 * const)pKey2;
  const u8 * const v1 = &p1[ p1[0] ];   /* Pointer to value 1 */
  const u8 * const v2 = &p2[ p2[0] ];   /* Pointer to value 2 */

  int n1;
  int n2;
  int res;

  getVarint32(&p1[1], n1); n1 = (n1 - 13) / 2;
  getVarint32(&p2[1], n2); n2 = (n2 - 13) / 2;
  res = memcmp(v1, v2, MIN(n1, n2));
  if( res==0 ){
    res = n1 - n2;
  }

  if( res==0 ){
    if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nField>1 ){
      res = vdbeSorterCompareTail(
          pTask, pbKey2Cached, pKey1, nKey1, pKey2, nKey2
      );
    }
  }else{
    if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){
      res = res * -1;
    }
  }

  return res;
}

/*
** A specially optimized version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that
** the first field of each key is an INTEGER value.
*/
static int vdbeSorterCompareInt(
  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */
  int *pbKey2Cached,              /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */
  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
  const void *pKey2, int nKey2    /* Right side of comparison */
){
  const u8 * const p1 = (const u8 * const)pKey1;
  const u8 * const p2 = (const u8 * const)pKey2;
  const int s1 = p1[1];                 /* Left hand serial type */
  const int s2 = p2[1];                 /* Right hand serial type */
  const u8 * const v1 = &p1[ p1[0] ];   /* Pointer to value 1 */
  const u8 * const v2 = &p2[ p2[0] ];   /* Pointer to value 2 */
  int res;                              /* Return value */

  assert( (s1>0 && s1<7) || s1==8 || s1==9 );
  assert( (s2>0 && s2<7) || s2==8 || s2==9 );

  if( s1>7 && s2>7 ){
    res = s1 - s2;
  }else{
    if( s1==s2 ){
      if( (*v1 ^ *v2) & 0x80 ){
        /* The two values have different signs */
        res = (*v1 & 0x80) ? -1 : +1;
      }else{
        /* The two values have the same sign. Compare using memcmp(). */
        static const u8 aLen[] = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 };
        int i;
        res = 0;
        for(i=0; i<aLen[s1]; i++){
          if( (res = v1[i] - v2[i]) ) break;
        }
      }
    }else{
      if( s2>7 ){
        res = +1;
      }else if( s1>7 ){
        res = -1;
      }else{
        res = s1 - s2;
      }
      assert( res!=0 );

      if( res>0 ){
        if( *v1 & 0x80 ) res = -1;
      }else{
        if( *v2 & 0x80 ) res = +1;
      }
    }
  }

  if( res==0 ){
    if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nField>1 ){
      res = vdbeSorterCompareTail(
          pTask, pbKey2Cached, pKey1, nKey1, pKey2, nKey2
      );
    }
  }else if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){
    res = res * -1;
  }

  return res;
}

/*
** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor.
**
** Usually, the sorter module uses the value of (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nField)
** to determine the number of fields that should be compared from the
** records being sorted. However, if the value passed as argument nField
................................................................................
  pCsr->pSorter = pSorter;
  if( pSorter==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    pSorter->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)((u8*)pSorter + sz);
    memcpy(pKeyInfo, pCsr->pKeyInfo, szKeyInfo);
    pKeyInfo->db = 0;
    if( nField && nWorker==0 ){
      pKeyInfo->nXField += (pKeyInfo->nField - nField);
      pKeyInfo->nField = nField;
    }
    pSorter->pgsz = pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt);
    pSorter->nTask = nWorker + 1;
    pSorter->iPrev = nWorker-1;
    pSorter->bUseThreads = (pSorter->nTask>1);
    pSorter->db = db;
    for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){
      SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
      pTask->pSorter = pSorter;
    }

................................................................................
      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch==0 ){
        assert( pSorter->iMemory==0 );
        pSorter->nMemory = pgsz;
        pSorter->list.aMemory = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(pgsz);
        if( !pSorter->list.aMemory ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
    }

    if( (pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField)<13 
     && (pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 || pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==db->pDfltColl)
    ){
      pSorter->typeMask = SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER | SORTER_TYPE_TEXT;
    }
  }

  return rc;
}
#undef nWorker   /* Defined at the top of this function */

/*
................................................................................

/*
** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All 
** fields of *pTask are zeroed before returning.
*/
static void vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(sqlite3 *db, SortSubtask *pTask){
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTask->pUnpacked);

#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
  /* pTask->list.aMemory can only be non-zero if it was handed memory
  ** from the main thread.  That only occurs SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */
  if( pTask->list.aMemory ){
    sqlite3_free(pTask->list.aMemory);

  }else
#endif
  {
    assert( pTask->list.aMemory==0 );
    vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pTask->list.pList);
  }

  if( pTask->file.pFd ){
    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file.pFd);


  }
  if( pTask->file2.pFd ){
    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file2.pFd);


  }
  memset(pTask, 0, sizeof(SortSubtask));
}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS
static void vdbeSorterWorkDebug(SortSubtask *pTask, const char *zEvent){
  i64 t;
  int iTask = (pTask - pTask->pSorter->aTask);
  sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t);
................................................................................
  }
#endif
  vdbeMergeEngineFree(pSorter->pMerger);
  pSorter->pMerger = 0;
  for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){
    SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i];
    vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(db, pTask);
    pTask->pSorter = pSorter;
  }
  if( pSorter->list.aMemory==0 ){
    vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pSorter->list.pList);
  }
  pSorter->list.pList = 0;
  pSorter->list.szPMA = 0;
  pSorter->bUsePMA = 0;
................................................................................
  SortSubtask *pTask,             /* Calling thread context */
  SorterRecord *p1,               /* First list to merge */
  SorterRecord *p2,               /* Second list to merge */
  SorterRecord **ppOut            /* OUT: Head of merged list */
){
  SorterRecord *pFinal = 0;
  SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal;
  int bCached = 0;

  while( p1 && p2 ){
    int res;
    res = pTask->xCompare(
        pTask, &bCached, SRVAL(p1), p1->nVal, SRVAL(p2), p2->nVal
    );

    if( res<=0 ){
      *pp = p1;
      pp = &p1->u.pNext;
      p1 = p1->u.pNext;

    }else{
      *pp = p2;
      pp = &p2->u.pNext;
      p2 = p2->u.pNext;


      bCached = 0;
    }
  }
  *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2;
  *ppOut = pFinal;
}

/*
** Return the SorterCompare function to compare values collected by the
** sorter object passed as the only argument.
*/
static SorterCompare vdbeSorterGetCompare(VdbeSorter *p){
  if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER ){
    return vdbeSorterCompareInt;
  }else if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_TEXT ){
    return vdbeSorterCompareText; 
  }
  return vdbeSorterCompare;
}

/*
** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return 
** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if 
** an error occurs.
*/
static int vdbeSorterSort(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){
................................................................................
  SorterRecord **aSlot;
  SorterRecord *p;
  int rc;

  rc = vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(pTask);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;

  p = pList->pList;
  pTask->xCompare = vdbeSorterGetCompare(pTask->pSorter);

  aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *));
  if( !aSlot ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }


  while( p ){
    SorterRecord *pNext;
    if( pList->aMemory ){
      if( (u8*)p==pList->aMemory ){
        pNext = 0;
      }else{
        assert( p->u.iNext<sqlite3MallocSize(pList->aMemory) );
................................................................................
  rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(&pMerger->aReadr[iPrev]);

  /* Update contents of aTree[] */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int i;                      /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */
    PmaReader *pReadr1;         /* First PmaReader to compare */
    PmaReader *pReadr2;         /* Second PmaReader to compare */
    int bCached = 0;

    /* Find the first two PmaReaders to compare. The one that was just
    ** advanced (iPrev) and the one next to it in the array.  */
    pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev & 0xFFFE)];
    pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev | 0x0001)];


    for(i=(pMerger->nTree+iPrev)/2; i>0; i=i/2){
      /* Compare pReadr1 and pReadr2. Store the result in variable iRes. */
      int iRes;
      if( pReadr1->pFd==0 ){
        iRes = +1;
      }else if( pReadr2->pFd==0 ){
        iRes = -1;
      }else{
        iRes = pTask->xCompare(pTask, &bCached,
            pReadr1->aKey, pReadr1->nKey, pReadr2->aKey, pReadr2->nKey
        );
      }

      /* If pReadr1 contained the smaller value, set aTree[i] to its index.
      ** Then set pReadr2 to the next PmaReader to compare to pReadr1. In this
      ** case there is no cache of pReadr2 in pTask->pUnpacked, so set
      ** pKey2 to point to the record belonging to pReadr2.
................................................................................
      ** If the two values were equal, then the value from the oldest
      ** PMA should be considered smaller. The VdbeSorter.aReadr[] array
      ** is sorted from oldest to newest, so pReadr1 contains older values
      ** than pReadr2 iff (pReadr1<pReadr2).  */
      if( iRes<0 || (iRes==0 && pReadr1<pReadr2) ){
        pMerger->aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr1 - pMerger->aReadr);
        pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
        bCached = 0;
      }else{
        if( pReadr1->pFd ) bCached = 0;
        pMerger->aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr2 - pMerger->aReadr);
        pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ];
      }
    }
    *pbEof = (pMerger->aReadr[pMerger->aTree[1]].pFd==0);
  }

................................................................................
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
  SorterRecord *pNew;             /* New list element */

  int bFlush;                     /* True to flush contents of memory to PMA */
  int nReq;                       /* Bytes of memory required */
  int nPMA;                       /* Bytes of PMA space required */
  int t;                          /* serial type of first record field */

  getVarint32((const u8*)&pVal->z[1], t);
  if( t>0 && t<10 && t!=7 ){
    pSorter->typeMask &= SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER;
  }else if( t>10 && (t & 0x01) ){
    pSorter->typeMask &= SORTER_TYPE_TEXT;
  }else{
    pSorter->typeMask = 0;
  }

  assert( pSorter );

  /* Figure out whether or not the current contents of memory should be
  ** flushed to a PMA before continuing. If so, do so.
  **
  ** If using the single large allocation mode (pSorter->aMemory!=0), then
................................................................................
  p2 = &pMerger->aReadr[i2];

  if( p1->pFd==0 ){
    iRes = i2;
  }else if( p2->pFd==0 ){
    iRes = i1;
  }else{
    SortSubtask *pTask = pMerger->pTask;
    int bCached = 0;
    int res;
    assert( pTask->pUnpacked!=0 );  /* from vdbeSortSubtaskMain() */

    res = pTask->xCompare(
        pTask, &bCached, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey
    );
    if( res<=0 ){
      iRes = i1;
    }else{
      iRes = i2;
    }
  }
................................................................................
*/
static int vdbeSorterSetupMerge(VdbeSorter *pSorter){
  int rc;                         /* Return code */
  SortSubtask *pTask0 = &pSorter->aTask[0];
  MergeEngine *pMain = 0;
#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
  sqlite3 *db = pTask0->pSorter->db;
  int i;
  SorterCompare xCompare = vdbeSorterGetCompare(pSorter);
  for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){
    pSorter->aTask[i].xCompare = xCompare;
  }
#endif

  rc = vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(pSorter, &pMain);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS
    assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==0 || pSorter->nTask>1 );
    if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){

** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of 
** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which
** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods.
*/
struct VtabCtx {
  VTable *pVTable;    /* The virtual table being constructed */
  Table *pTab;        /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */


};

/*
** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module.
** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and
** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces.
*/
................................................................................
static int vtabCallConstructor(
  sqlite3 *db, 
  Table *pTab,
  Module *pMod,
  int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
  char **pzErr
){
  VtabCtx sCtx, *pPriorCtx;
  VTable *pVTable;
  int rc;
  const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
  int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
  char *zErr = 0;
  char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName);
  int iDb;













  if( !zModuleName ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable));
  if( !pVTable ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
................................................................................
  pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zName;

  /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */
  assert( &db->pVtabCtx );
  assert( xConstruct );
  sCtx.pTab = pTab;
  sCtx.pVTable = pVTable;
  pPriorCtx = db->pVtabCtx;

  db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx;
  rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr);
  db->pVtabCtx = pPriorCtx;
  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;


  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
    if( zErr==0 ){
      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
    }else {
      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
      sqlite3_free(zErr);
................................................................................
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable);
  }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){
    /* Justification of ALWAYS():  A correct vtab constructor must allocate
    ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful.  */
    memset(pVTable->pVtab, 0, sizeof(pVTable->pVtab[0]));
    pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
    pVTable->nRef = 1;
    if( sCtx.pTab ){
      const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable);
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }else{
      int iCol;
      /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure
................................................................................

/*
** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table.  It is only
** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
** virtual table module.
*/
int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){

  Parse *pParse;

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Table *pTab;
  char *zErr = 0;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zCreateTable==0 ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){

    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }

  assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );

  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
  if( pParse==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    pParse->declareVtab = 1;
................................................................................
    ){
      if( !pTab->aCol ){
        pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
        pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol;
        pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
        pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
      }
      db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0;
    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    pParse->declareVtab = 0;
  

** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of 
** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which
** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods.
*/
struct VtabCtx {
  VTable *pVTable;    /* The virtual table being constructed */
  Table *pTab;        /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */
  VtabCtx *pPrior;    /* Parent context (if any) */
  int bDeclared;      /* True after sqlite3_declare_vtab() is called */
};

/*
** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module.
** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and
** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces.
*/
................................................................................
static int vtabCallConstructor(
  sqlite3 *db, 
  Table *pTab,
  Module *pMod,
  int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
  char **pzErr
){
  VtabCtx sCtx;
  VTable *pVTable;
  int rc;
  const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
  int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
  char *zErr = 0;
  char *zModuleName;
  int iDb;
  VtabCtx *pCtx;

  /* Check that the virtual-table is not already being initialized */
  for(pCtx=db->pVtabCtx; pCtx; pCtx=pCtx->pPrior){
    if( pCtx->pTab==pTab ){
      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
          "vtable constructor called recursively: %s", pTab->zName
      );
      return SQLITE_LOCKED;
    }
  }

  zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName);
  if( !zModuleName ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable));
  if( !pVTable ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
................................................................................
  pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zName;

  /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */
  assert( &db->pVtabCtx );
  assert( xConstruct );
  sCtx.pTab = pTab;
  sCtx.pVTable = pVTable;
  sCtx.pPrior = db->pVtabCtx;
  sCtx.bDeclared = 0;
  db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx;
  rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr);
  db->pVtabCtx = sCtx.pPrior;
  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
  assert( sCtx.pTab==pTab );

  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
    if( zErr==0 ){
      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
    }else {
      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
      sqlite3_free(zErr);
................................................................................
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable);
  }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){
    /* Justification of ALWAYS():  A correct vtab constructor must allocate
    ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful.  */
    memset(pVTable->pVtab, 0, sizeof(pVTable->pVtab[0]));
    pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
    pVTable->nRef = 1;
    if( sCtx.bDeclared==0 ){
      const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable);
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }else{
      int iCol;
      /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure
................................................................................

/*
** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table.  It is only
** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
** virtual table module.
*/
int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){
  VtabCtx *pCtx;
  Parse *pParse;

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Table *pTab;
  char *zErr = 0;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zCreateTable==0 ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  pCtx = db->pVtabCtx;
  if( !pCtx || pCtx->bDeclared ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  pTab = pCtx->pTab;
  assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );

  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
  if( pParse==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    pParse->declareVtab = 1;
................................................................................
    ){
      if( !pTab->aCol ){
        pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
        pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol;
        pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
        pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
      }
      pCtx->bDeclared = 1;
    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    pParse->declareVtab = 0;
  

    ** safe to write into the database.  Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might
    ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus
    ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL.
    */
    mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
    mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage;
    for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){








      u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
      if( mxSafeFrame>y ){
        assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
        rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED);
          walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);

    ** safe to write into the database.  Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might
    ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus
    ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL.
    */
    mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
    mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage;
    for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
      /* Thread-sanitizer reports that the following is an unsafe read,
      ** as some other thread may be in the process of updating the value
      ** of the aReadMark[] slot. The assumption here is that if that is
      ** happening, the other client may only be increasing the value,
      ** not decreasing it. So assuming either that either the "old" or
      ** "new" version of the value is read, and not some arbitrary value
      ** that would never be written by a real client, things are still 
      ** safe.  */
      u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
      if( mxSafeFrame>y ){
        assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
        rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED);
          walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);

  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr);
    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN
     && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]
     && p->iTable==iBase
    ){
      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
      if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
        return i;
      }
    }
  }

  return -1;
}
................................................................................
      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
      testcase( iCol==BMS );
      if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
        Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
        idxCols |= cMask;
        pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
        pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
        pIdx->azColl[n] = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : "BINARY";
        n++;
      }
    }
  }
  assert( (u32)n==pLoop->u.btree.nEq );

  /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into
................................................................................
      }
      assert( nIn>0 );  /* RHS always has 2 or more terms...  The parser
                        ** changes "x IN (?)" into "x=?". */

    }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ) ){
      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
      if( iCol<0 || (nInMul==0 && pNew->u.btree.nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) ){
        if( iCol>=0 && !IsUniqueIndex(pProbe) ){
          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED;
        }else{
          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW;
        }
      }
    }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
................................................................................
      }
    }else{
      pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered;
      if( pWInfo->nOBSat<0 ) pWInfo->nOBSat = 0;
      pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
    }
    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP)
        && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr
    ){
      Bitmask revMask = 0;
      int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, 
          pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &revMask
      );
      assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 );
      if( nOrder==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){

  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr);
    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN
     && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]
     && p->iTable==iBase
    ){
      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
      if( pColl && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
        return i;
      }
    }
  }

  return -1;
}
................................................................................
      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
      testcase( iCol==BMS );
      if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
        Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
        idxCols |= cMask;
        pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
        pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
        pIdx->azColl[n] = pColl ? pColl->zName : "BINARY";
        n++;
      }
    }
  }
  assert( (u32)n==pLoop->u.btree.nEq );

  /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into
................................................................................
      }
      assert( nIn>0 );  /* RHS always has 2 or more terms...  The parser
                        ** changes "x IN (?)" into "x=?". */

    }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ) ){
      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
      if( iCol<0 || (nInMul==0 && pNew->u.btree.nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) ){
        if( iCol>=0 && pProbe->uniqNotNull==0 ){
          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED;
        }else{
          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW;
        }
      }
    }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
................................................................................
      }
    }else{
      pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered;
      if( pWInfo->nOBSat<0 ) pWInfo->nOBSat = 0;
      pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop;
    }
    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP)
        && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr && nLoop>0
    ){
      Bitmask revMask = 0;
      int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, 
          pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &revMask
      );
      assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 );
      if( nOrder==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){

    UPDATE sqlite_master SET sql='nonsense' WHERE name='sqlite_stat1';
  }
  db close
  catch { sqlite3 db test.db }
  catchsql {
    ANALYZE
  }
} {1 {malformed database schema (sqlite_stat1) - near "nonsense": syntax error}}

finish_test

    UPDATE sqlite_master SET sql='nonsense' WHERE name='sqlite_stat1';
  }
  db close
  catch { sqlite3 db test.db }
  catchsql {
    ANALYZE
  }
} {1 {malformed database schema (sqlite_stat1)}}

finish_test

  CREATE VIEW agg2 AS SELECT a, sum(b) AS m FROM t2 GROUP BY a;
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
  SELECT t1.z, agg2.m
    FROM t1 JOIN agg2 ON t1.y=agg2.m
   WHERE t1.x IN (1,2,3);
} {/USING AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX/}









finish_test

  CREATE VIEW agg2 AS SELECT a, sum(b) AS m FROM t2 GROUP BY a;
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
  SELECT t1.z, agg2.m
    FROM t1 JOIN agg2 ON t1.y=agg2.m
   WHERE t1.x IN (1,2,3);
} {/USING AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX/}

# 2015-04-15:  A NULL CollSeq pointer in automatic index creation.
#
do_execsql_test autoindex1-920 {
  CREATE TABLE t920(x);
  INSERT INTO t920 VALUES(3),(4),(5);
  SELECT * FROM t920,(SELECT 0 FROM t920),(VALUES(9)) WHERE 5 IN (x);
} {5 0 9 5 0 9 5 0 9}

finish_test

  INSERT INTO c1 VALUES(2, 'abb');
  INSERT INTO c1 VALUES(3, 'wxz');
  INSERT INTO c1 VALUES(4, 'WXY');
  SELECT x, y FROM c1 ORDER BY y COLLATE """""""";
} {2 abb 1 ABC 4 WXY 3 wxz}

finish_test

  INSERT INTO c1 VALUES(2, 'abb');
  INSERT INTO c1 VALUES(3, 'wxz');
  INSERT INTO c1 VALUES(4, 'WXY');
  SELECT x, y FROM c1 ORDER BY y COLLATE """""""";
} {2 abb 1 ABC 4 WXY 3 wxz}

# 2015-04-15:  Nested COLLATE operators
#
do_execsql_test 7.0 {
   SELECT 'abc' UNION ALL SELECT 'DEF'
    ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase COLLATE nocase COLLATE nocase COLLATE nocase;
} {abc DEF}
do_execsql_test 7.1 {
   SELECT 'abc' UNION ALL SELECT 'DEF'
    ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase COLLATE nocase COLLATE nocase COLLATE binary;
} {DEF abc}
do_execsql_test 7.2 {
   SELECT 'abc' UNION ALL SELECT 'DEF'
    ORDER BY 1 COLLATE binary COLLATE binary COLLATE binary COLLATE nocase;
} {abc DEF}


finish_test

#
# These tests ensure that when a user executes a statement with an 
# unknown collation sequence an error is returned.
#
do_test collate3-1.0 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE collate3t1(c1);
  }
} {}
do_test collate3-1.1 {
  catchsql {
    SELECT * FROM collate3t1 ORDER BY 1 collate garbage;
  }





} {1 {no such collation sequence: garbage}}
do_test collate3-1.2 {
  catchsql {
    CREATE TABLE collate3t2(c1 collate garbage);
  }
} {1 {no such collation sequence: garbage}}
do_test collate3-1.3 {

#
# These tests ensure that when a user executes a statement with an 
# unknown collation sequence an error is returned.
#
do_test collate3-1.0 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE collate3t1(c1 UNIQUE);
  }
} {}
do_test collate3-1.1 {
  catchsql {
    SELECT * FROM collate3t1 ORDER BY 1 collate garbage;
  }
} {1 {no such collation sequence: garbage}}
do_test collate3-1.1.2 {
  catchsql {
    SELECT DISTINCT c1 COLLATE garbage FROM collate3t1;
  }
} {1 {no such collation sequence: garbage}}
do_test collate3-1.2 {
  catchsql {
    CREATE TABLE collate3t2(c1 collate garbage);
  }
} {1 {no such collation sequence: garbage}}
do_test collate3-1.3 {

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The following tests, fkey2-11.*, test CASCADE actions.
#
drop_all_tables
do_test fkey2-11.1.1 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, b);
    CREATE TABLE t2(c, d, FOREIGN KEY(c) REFERENCES t1(a) ON UPDATE CASCADE);

    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(10, 100);
    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(10, 100);
    UPDATE t1 SET a = 15;
    SELECT * FROM t2;
  }
} {15 100}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The following tests, fkey2-11.*, test CASCADE actions.
#
drop_all_tables
do_test fkey2-11.1.1 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, b, rowid, _rowid_, oid);
    CREATE TABLE t2(c, d, FOREIGN KEY(c) REFERENCES t1(a) ON UPDATE CASCADE);

    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(10, 100, 'abc', 'def', 'ghi');
    INSERT INTO t2 VALUES(10, 100);
    UPDATE t1 SET a = 15;
    SELECT * FROM t2;
  }
} {15 100}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------

} {{[one <b>two</b> three]}}
do_execsql_test 3.3 {
  SELECT snippet(t3) FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'three';
} {{[one two <b>three</b>]}}
do_execsql_test 3.4 {
  SELECT snippet(t3) FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'one OR two OR three';
} {{[<b>one</b> <b>two</b> <b>three</b>]}}




















set sqlite_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
finish_test

} {{[one <b>two</b> three]}}
do_execsql_test 3.3 {
  SELECT snippet(t3) FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'three';
} {{[one two <b>three</b>]}}
do_execsql_test 3.4 {
  SELECT snippet(t3) FROM t3 WHERE t3 MATCH 'one OR two OR three';
} {{[<b>one</b> <b>two</b> <b>three</b>]}}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Request a snippet 0 tokens in size. This is always an empty string.
do_execsql_test 4.1 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t4 USING fts4;
  INSERT INTO t4 VALUES('a b c d');
  SELECT snippet(t4, '[', ']', '...', 0, 0) FROM t4 WHERE t4 MATCH 'b';
} {{}}

do_test 4.2 {
  set x35 [string trim [string repeat "x " 35]]
  execsql "INSERT INTO t4 VALUES('$x35 E $x35 F $x35 G $x35');"
  llength [db one {
    SELECT snippet(t4, '', '', '', 0, 64) FROM t4 WHERE t4 MATCH 'E'
  }]
} {64}




set sqlite_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
finish_test

  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE tX USING fts3tokenize(nosuchtokenizer);
} {1 {unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer}}

do_catchsql_test 2.1 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t4 USING fts3tokenize;
  SELECT * FROM t4;
} {1 {SQL logic error or missing database}}












finish_test

  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE tX USING fts3tokenize(nosuchtokenizer);
} {1 {unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer}}

do_catchsql_test 2.1 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t4 USING fts3tokenize;
  SELECT * FROM t4;
} {1 {SQL logic error or missing database}}

do_catchsql_test 2.2 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t USING fts4(tokenize=simple""); 
} {0 {}}

ifcapable fts3_unicode {
  do_catchsql_test 2.3 {
    CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE u USING fts4(tokenize=unicode61""); 
  } {1 {unknown tokenizer}}
}


finish_test

#         SELECT statements.
#
#   8.* - Test that if the content=xxx and prefix options are used together,
#         the 'rebuild' command still works.
#
#   9.* - Test using content=xxx where xxx is a virtual table.
#




do_execsql_test 1.1.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('w x', 'x y', 'y z');
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ft1 USING fts4(content=t1);
}

................................................................................
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test cases 6.* test 
# 
do_catchsql_test 6.1.1 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ft7 USING fts4(content=t7);
} {1 {vtable constructor failed: ft7}}

do_execsql_test 6.2.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t7(one, two);
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ft7 USING fts4(content=t7);
  INSERT INTO t7 VALUES('A B', 'B A');
  INSERT INTO t7 VALUES('C D', 'A A');
  SELECT * FROM ft7;
................................................................................
  SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE name LIKE '%t7%'
} {
  ft7 ft7_segments ft7_segdir sqlite_autoindex_ft7_segdir_1 
  ft7_docsize ft7_stat
}
do_catchsql_test 6.2.4 {
  SELECT * FROM ft7;
} {1 {vtable constructor failed: ft7}}
do_execsql_test 6.2.5 {
  CREATE TABLE t7(x, y);
  INSERT INTO t7 VALUES('A B', 'B A');
  INSERT INTO t7 VALUES('C D', 'A A');
  SELECT * FROM ft7;
} {
  {A B} {B A} {C D} {A A}
................................................................................
do_execsql_test 10.6 { DELETE FROM ft WHERE docid=2 }

do_execsql_test 10.7 {
  SELECT snippet(ft, '[', ']', '...', -1, 5) FROM ft WHERE ft MATCH 'e'
} {
  {...c d [e] f g...}
}











finish_test

#         SELECT statements.
#
#   8.* - Test that if the content=xxx and prefix options are used together,
#         the 'rebuild' command still works.
#
#   9.* - Test using content=xxx where xxx is a virtual table.
#
#   11.* - Test that circular references (e.g. "t1(content=t1)") are
#          detected.
#

do_execsql_test 1.1.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('w x', 'x y', 'y z');
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ft1 USING fts4(content=t1);
}

................................................................................
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test cases 6.* test 
# 
do_catchsql_test 6.1.1 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ft7 USING fts4(content=t7);
} {1 {no such table: main.t7}}

do_execsql_test 6.2.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t7(one, two);
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ft7 USING fts4(content=t7);
  INSERT INTO t7 VALUES('A B', 'B A');
  INSERT INTO t7 VALUES('C D', 'A A');
  SELECT * FROM ft7;
................................................................................
  SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE name LIKE '%t7%'
} {
  ft7 ft7_segments ft7_segdir sqlite_autoindex_ft7_segdir_1 
  ft7_docsize ft7_stat
}
do_catchsql_test 6.2.4 {
  SELECT * FROM ft7;
} {1 {no such table: main.t7}}
do_execsql_test 6.2.5 {
  CREATE TABLE t7(x, y);
  INSERT INTO t7 VALUES('A B', 'B A');
  INSERT INTO t7 VALUES('C D', 'A A');
  SELECT * FROM ft7;
} {
  {A B} {B A} {C D} {A A}
................................................................................
do_execsql_test 10.6 { DELETE FROM ft WHERE docid=2 }

do_execsql_test 10.7 {
  SELECT snippet(ft, '[', ']', '...', -1, 5) FROM ft WHERE ft MATCH 'e'
} {
  {...c d [e] f g...}
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test cases 11.*
# 
reset_db

do_catchsql_test 11.1 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x1 USING fts4(content=x1);
} {1 {vtable constructor called recursively: x1}}


finish_test

} {0}

# Oversized hex literals are rejected
#
do_catchsql_test hexlist-400 {
  SELECT 0x10000000000000000;
} {1 {hex literal too big: 0x10000000000000000}}







finish_test

} {0}

# Oversized hex literals are rejected
#
do_catchsql_test hexlist-400 {
  SELECT 0x10000000000000000;
} {1 {hex literal too big: 0x10000000000000000}}
do_catchsql_test hexlist-410 {
  DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t1;
  CREATE TABLE t1(x);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1+0x10000000000000000);
} {1 {hex literal too big: 0x10000000000000000}}


finish_test

do_test in-13.14 {
  execsql {
    CREATE INDEX i5 ON b(id);
    SELECT * FROM a WHERE id NOT IN (SELECT id FROM b);
  }
} {}








do_test in-13.X {
  db nullvalue ""
} {}

finish_test

do_test in-13.14 {
  execsql {
    CREATE INDEX i5 ON b(id);
    SELECT * FROM a WHERE id NOT IN (SELECT id FROM b);
  }
} {}

do_test in-13.15 {
  catchsql {
    SELECT 0 WHERE (SELECT 0,0) OR (0 IN (1,2));
  }
} {1 {only a single result allowed for a SELECT that is part of an expression}}


do_test in-13.X {
  db nullvalue ""
} {}

finish_test

  execsql {
    PRAGMA writable_schema=on;
    UPDATE sqlite_master SET sql='nonsense';
  }
  db close
  catch { sqlite3 db test.db }
  catchsql { DROP INDEX i1 }
} {1 {malformed database schema (t1) - near "nonsense": syntax error}}

finish_test

  execsql {
    PRAGMA writable_schema=on;
    UPDATE sqlite_master SET sql='nonsense';
  }
  db close
  catch { sqlite3 db test.db }
  catchsql { DROP INDEX i1 }
} {1 {malformed database schema (t1)}}

finish_test

#
do_catchsql_test misc1-21.1 {
  select''like''like''like#0;
} {1 {near "#0": syntax error}}
do_catchsql_test misc1-21.2 {
  VALUES(0,0x0MATCH#0;
} {1 {near ";": syntax error}}






finish_test

#
do_catchsql_test misc1-21.1 {
  select''like''like''like#0;
} {1 {near "#0": syntax error}}
do_catchsql_test misc1-21.2 {
  VALUES(0,0x0MATCH#0;
} {1 {near ";": syntax error}}

# 2015-04-15
do_execsql_test misc1-22.1 {
  SELECT ""+3 FROM (SELECT ""+5);
} {3}

finish_test

} {1}
do_test null-8.15 {
  execsql {
    SELECT x FROM t4 WHERE y!=33 ORDER BY x;
  }
} {1}




















finish_test

} {1}
do_test null-8.15 {
  execsql {
    SELECT x FROM t4 WHERE y!=33 ORDER BY x;
  }
} {1}

do_execsql_test null-9.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t5(a, b, c);
  CREATE UNIQUE INDEX t5ab ON t5(a, b);

  INSERT INTO t5 VALUES(1, NULL, 'one');
  INSERT INTO t5 VALUES(1, NULL, 'i');
  INSERT INTO t5 VALUES(NULL, 'x', 'two');
  INSERT INTO t5 VALUES(NULL, 'x', 'ii');
}

do_execsql_test null-9.2 {
  SELECT * FROM t5 WHERE a = 1 AND b IS NULL;
} {1 {} one 1 {} i}

do_execsql_test null-9.3 {
  SELECT * FROM t5 WHERE a IS NULL AND b = 'x';
} {{} x two {} x ii}


finish_test

} {}
do_execsql_test 5.1 {
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN SELECT 5 UNION ALL SELECT 3 ORDER BY 1
} {~/B-TREE/}
do_execsql_test 5.2 {
  SELECT 5 UNION ALL SELECT 3 ORDER BY 1
} {3 5}




# The following test (originally derived from a single test within fuzz.test)
# verifies that a PseudoTable cursor is not closed prematurely in a deeply
# nested query.  This test caused a segfault on 3.8.5 beta.
#
do_execsql_test 6.0 {
  CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c);
................................................................................
  CREATE TABLE t7(a,b);
  CREATE INDEX t7a ON t7(a);
  CREATE INDEX t7ab ON t7(a,b);
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
  SELECT * FROM t7 WHERE a=?1 ORDER BY rowid;
} {~/ORDER BY/}































finish_test

} {}
do_execsql_test 5.1 {
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN SELECT 5 UNION ALL SELECT 3 ORDER BY 1
} {~/B-TREE/}
do_execsql_test 5.2 {
  SELECT 5 UNION ALL SELECT 3 ORDER BY 1
} {3 5}
do_execsql_test 5.3 {
  SELECT 986 AS x GROUP BY X ORDER BY X
} {986}

# The following test (originally derived from a single test within fuzz.test)
# verifies that a PseudoTable cursor is not closed prematurely in a deeply
# nested query.  This test caused a segfault on 3.8.5 beta.
#
do_execsql_test 6.0 {
  CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c);
................................................................................
  CREATE TABLE t7(a,b);
  CREATE INDEX t7a ON t7(a);
  CREATE INDEX t7ab ON t7(a,b);
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
  SELECT * FROM t7 WHERE a=?1 ORDER BY rowid;
} {~/ORDER BY/}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test a partial sort large enough to cause the sorter to spill data
# to disk.
#
reset_db
do_execsql_test 8.0 {
  PRAGMA cache_size = 5;
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
  CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a);
}

do_eqp_test 8.1 {
  SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY a, b;
} {
  0 0 0 {SCAN TABLE t1 USING INDEX i1} 
  0 0 0 {USE TEMP B-TREE FOR RIGHT PART OF ORDER BY}
}

do_execsql_test 8.2 {
  WITH cnt(i) AS (
    SELECT 1 UNION ALL SELECT i+1 FROM cnt WHERE i<10000
  )
  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT i%2, randomblob(500) FROM cnt;
}

do_test 8.3 {
  db eval { SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY a, b } { incr res $a }
  set res
} 5000

finish_test

            ORDER BY cid}
} [concat \
  {0 one INT 1 -1 0} \
  {1 two text 0 {} 0} \
  {2 three {VARCHAR(45, 65)} 0 'abcde' 0} \
  {3 four REAL 0 X'abcdef' 0} \
  {4 five {} 0 CURRENT_TIME 0} \










]
} ;# ifcapable schema_pragmas
# Miscellaneous tests
#
ifcapable schema_pragmas {
# EVIDENCE-OF: R-63500-32024 PRAGMA database.index_list(table-name);
# This pragma returns one row for each index associated with the given

            ORDER BY cid}
} [concat \
  {0 one INT 1 -1 0} \
  {1 two text 0 {} 0} \
  {2 three {VARCHAR(45, 65)} 0 'abcde' 0} \
  {3 four REAL 0 X'abcdef' 0} \
  {4 five {} 0 CURRENT_TIME 0} \
]
do_test pragma-6.8 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t68(a,b,c,PRIMARY KEY(a,b,a,c));
    PRAGMA table_info(t68);
  }
} [concat \
  {0 a {} 0 {} 1} \
  {1 b {} 0 {} 2} \
  {2 c {} 0 {} 4} \
]
} ;# ifcapable schema_pragmas
# Miscellaneous tests
#
ifcapable schema_pragmas {
# EVIDENCE-OF: R-63500-32024 PRAGMA database.index_list(table-name);
# This pragma returns one row for each index associated with the given

} {314159}
do_execsql_test printf2-1.10 {
  SELECT printf('%lld',314159.2653);
} {314159}
do_execsql_test printf2-1.11 {
  SELECT printf('%lld%n',314159.2653,'hi');
} {314159}




# EVIDENCE-OF: R-17002-27534 The %z format is interchangeable with %s.
#
do_execsql_test printf2-1.12 {
  SELECT printf('%.*z',5,'abcdefghijklmnop');
} {abcde}
do_execsql_test printf2-1.13 {

} {314159}
do_execsql_test printf2-1.10 {
  SELECT printf('%lld',314159.2653);
} {314159}
do_execsql_test printf2-1.11 {
  SELECT printf('%lld%n',314159.2653,'hi');
} {314159}
do_execsql_test printf2-1.12 {
  SELECT printf('%n',0);
} {{}}

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-17002-27534 The %z format is interchangeable with %s.
#
do_execsql_test printf2-1.12 {
  SELECT printf('%.*z',5,'abcdefghijklmnop');
} {abcde}
do_execsql_test printf2-1.13 {

optional) are:

    --srcdir   TOP-OF-SQLITE-TREE      (see below)
    --platform PLATFORM                (see below)
    --config   CONFIGNAME              (Run only CONFIGNAME)
    --quick                            (Run "veryquick.test" only)
    --veryquick                        (Run "make smoketest" only)

    --buildonly                        (Just build testfixture - do not run)
    --dryrun                           (Print what would have happened)
    --info                             (Show diagnostic info)

The default value for --srcdir is the parent of the directory holding
this script.

The script determines the default value for --platform using the
$tcl_platform(os) and $tcl_platform(machine) variables. Supported
platforms are "Linux-x86", "Linux-x86_64" and "Darwin-i386".


Every test begins with a fresh run of the configure script at the top
of the SQLite source tree.
}

# Omit comments (text between # and \n) in a long multi-line string.
#
................................................................................
    "Have-Not"                test
    "OS-X"                    "threadtest fulltest"
  }
  "Windows NT-intel" {
    "Default"                 "mptest fulltestonly"
    "Have-Not"                test
  }





  # The Failure-Detection platform runs various tests that deliberately
  # fail.  This is used as a test of this script to verify that this script
  # correctly identifies failures.
  #
  Failure-Detection {
    Fail0     "TEST_FAILURE=0 test"
................................................................................
    }
    if {[regexp {runtime error: +(.*)} $line all msg]} {
      incr ::NERRCASE
      if {$rc==0} {
        set rc 1
        set errmsg $msg
      }







    }
    if {[regexp {ERROR SUMMARY: (\d+) errors.*} $line all cnt] && $cnt>0} {
      incr ::NERRCASE
      if {$rc==0} {
        set rc 1
        set errmsg $all
      }
................................................................................
      } elseif {$::SQLITE_VERSION ne $v} {
        set rc 1
        set errmsg "version conflict: {$::SQLITE_VERSION} vs. {$v}"
      }
    }
  }
  close $fd






  if {!$seen} {
    set rc 1
    set errmsg "Test did not complete"
    if {[file readable core]} {
      append errmsg " - core file exists"
    }
  }
}
................................................................................

proc run_test_suite {name testtarget config} {
  # Tcl variable $opts is used to build up the value used to set the
  # OPTS Makefile variable. Variable $cflags holds the value for
  # CFLAGS. The makefile will pass OPTS to both gcc and lemon, but
  # CFLAGS is only passed to gcc.
  #
  set cflags "-g"
  set opts ""
  set title ${name}($testtarget)
  set configOpts ""

  regsub -all {#[^\n]*\n} $config \n config
  foreach arg $config {
    if {[regexp {^-[UD]} $arg]} {
................................................................................
    } else {
      lappend cflags $arg
    }
  }

  set cflags [join $cflags " "]
  set opts   [join $opts " "]
  append opts " -DSQLITE_NO_SYNC=1 -DHAVE_USLEEP"








  # Set the sub-directory to use.
  #
  set dir [string tolower [string map {- _ " " _} $name]]

  if {$::tcl_platform(platform)=="windows"} {
    append opts " -DSQLITE_OS_WIN=1"
................................................................................
    set hours [expr {($tm2-$tm1)/3600}]
    set minutes [expr {(($tm2-$tm1)/60)%60}]
    set seconds [expr {($tm2-$tm1)%60}]
    set tm [format (%02d:%02d:%02d) $hours $minutes $seconds]
    if {$rc} {
      puts " FAIL $tm"
      incr ::NERR
      if {$errmsg!=""} {puts "     $errmsg"}
    } else {
      puts " Ok   $tm"
    }

  }
}

# The following procedure returns the "configure" command to be exectued for
# the current platform, which may be Windows (via MinGW, etc).
#
proc configureCommand {opts} {

  set result [list trace_cmd exec]
  if {$::tcl_platform(platform)=="windows"} {
    lappend result sh
  }
  lappend result $::SRCDIR/configure --enable-load-extension
  foreach x $opts {lappend result $x}
  lappend result >& test.log
}

# The following procedure returns the "make" command to be executed for the
# specified targets, compiler flags, and options.
#
proc makeCommand { targets cflags opts } {
  set result [list trace_cmd exec make clean]







  foreach target $targets {
    lappend result $target
  }
  lappend result CFLAGS=$cflags OPTS=$opts >>& test.log
}

# The following procedure prints its arguments if ::TRACE is true.
................................................................................
# Currently the only option supported is "-makefile", default
# "releasetest.mk". Set the ::MAKEFILE variable to the value of this
# option.
#
proc process_options {argv} {
  set ::SRCDIR    [file normalize [file dirname [file dirname $::argv0]]]
  set ::QUICK     0

  set ::BUILDONLY 0
  set ::DRYRUN    0
  set ::EXEC      exec
  set ::TRACE     0
  set config {}
  set platform $::tcl_platform(os)-$::tcl_platform(machine)

................................................................................
        set ::QUICK 2
      }

      -config {
        incr i
        set config [lindex $argv $i]
      }





      -buildonly {
        set ::BUILDONLY 1
      }

      -dryrun {
        set ::DRYRUN 1
................................................................................

      -info {
        puts "Command-line Options:"
        puts "   --srcdir $::SRCDIR"
        puts "   --platform [list $platform]"
        puts "   --config [list $config]"
        if {$::QUICK}     {puts "   --quick"}

        if {$::BUILDONLY} {puts "   --buildonly"}
        if {$::DRYRUN}    {puts "   --dryrun"}
        if {$::TRACE}     {puts "   --trace"}
        puts "\nAvailable --platform options:"
        foreach y [lsort [array names ::Platforms]] {
          puts "   [list $y]"
        }
        puts "\nAvailable --config options:"
        foreach y [lsort [array names ::Configs]] {
          puts "   [list $y]"
        }
        exit
      }

      -g -







      -D* -
      -O* -
      -enable-* -
      -disable-* -
      *=* {
        lappend ::EXTRACONFIG [lindex $argv $i]
      }
................................................................................
    set ::CONFIGLIST $::Platforms($platform)
  }
  puts "Running the following test configurations for $platform:"
  puts "    [string trim $::CONFIGLIST]"
  puts -nonewline "Flags:"
  if {$::DRYRUN} {puts -nonewline " --dryrun"}
  if {$::BUILDONLY} {puts -nonewline " --buildonly"}

  switch -- $::QUICK {
     1 {puts -nonewline " --quick"}
     2 {puts -nonewline " --veryquick"}
  }
  puts ""
}

................................................................................
  set ::NERR 0
  set ::NTEST 0
  set ::NTESTCASE 0
  set ::NERRCASE 0
  set ::SQLITE_VERSION {}
  set STARTTIME [clock seconds]
  foreach {zConfig target} $::CONFIGLIST {





    if {$target ne "checksymbols"} {
      switch -- $::QUICK {
         1 {set target test}
         2 {set target smoketest}
      }

      if {$::BUILDONLY} {set target testfixture}


    }
    set config_options [concat $::Configs($zConfig) $::EXTRACONFIG]

    incr NTEST
    run_test_suite $zConfig $target $config_options

    # If the configuration included the SQLITE_DEBUG option, then remove

optional) are:

    --srcdir   TOP-OF-SQLITE-TREE      (see below)
    --platform PLATFORM                (see below)
    --config   CONFIGNAME              (Run only CONFIGNAME)
    --quick                            (Run "veryquick.test" only)
    --veryquick                        (Run "make smoketest" only)
    --msvc                             (Use MSVC as the compiler)
    --buildonly                        (Just build testfixture - do not run)
    --dryrun                           (Print what would have happened)
    --info                             (Show diagnostic info)

The default value for --srcdir is the parent of the directory holding
this script.

The script determines the default value for --platform using the
$tcl_platform(os) and $tcl_platform(machine) variables.  Supported
platforms are "Linux-x86", "Linux-x86_64", "Darwin-i386",
"Darwin-x86_64", "Windows NT-intel", and "Windows NT-amd64".

Every test begins with a fresh run of the configure script at the top
of the SQLite source tree.
}

# Omit comments (text between # and \n) in a long multi-line string.
#
................................................................................
    "Have-Not"                test
    "OS-X"                    "threadtest fulltest"
  }
  "Windows NT-intel" {
    "Default"                 "mptest fulltestonly"
    "Have-Not"                test
  }
  "Windows NT-amd64" {
    "Default"                 "mptest fulltestonly"
    "Have-Not"                test
  }

  # The Failure-Detection platform runs various tests that deliberately
  # fail.  This is used as a test of this script to verify that this script
  # correctly identifies failures.
  #
  Failure-Detection {
    Fail0     "TEST_FAILURE=0 test"
................................................................................
    }
    if {[regexp {runtime error: +(.*)} $line all msg]} {
      incr ::NERRCASE
      if {$rc==0} {
        set rc 1
        set errmsg $msg
      }
    }
    if {[regexp {fatal error +(.*)} $line all msg]} {
      incr ::NERRCASE
      if {$rc==0} {
        set rc 1
        set errmsg $msg
      }
    }
    if {[regexp {ERROR SUMMARY: (\d+) errors.*} $line all cnt] && $cnt>0} {
      incr ::NERRCASE
      if {$rc==0} {
        set rc 1
        set errmsg $all
      }
................................................................................
      } elseif {$::SQLITE_VERSION ne $v} {
        set rc 1
        set errmsg "version conflict: {$::SQLITE_VERSION} vs. {$v}"
      }
    }
  }
  close $fd
  if {$::BUILDONLY} {
    if {$rc==0} {
      set errmsg "Build complete"
    } else {
      set errmsg "Build failed"
    }
  } elseif {!$seen} {
    set rc 1
    set errmsg "Test did not complete"
    if {[file readable core]} {
      append errmsg " - core file exists"
    }
  }
}
................................................................................

proc run_test_suite {name testtarget config} {
  # Tcl variable $opts is used to build up the value used to set the
  # OPTS Makefile variable. Variable $cflags holds the value for
  # CFLAGS. The makefile will pass OPTS to both gcc and lemon, but
  # CFLAGS is only passed to gcc.
  #
  set cflags [expr {$::MSVC ? "-Zi" : "-g"}]
  set opts ""
  set title ${name}($testtarget)
  set configOpts ""

  regsub -all {#[^\n]*\n} $config \n config
  foreach arg $config {
    if {[regexp {^-[UD]} $arg]} {
................................................................................
    } else {
      lappend cflags $arg
    }
  }

  set cflags [join $cflags " "]
  set opts   [join $opts " "]
  append opts " -DSQLITE_NO_SYNC=1"

  # Some configurations already set HAVE_USLEEP; in that case, skip it.
  #
  if {![regexp { -DHAVE_USLEEP$} $opts]
         && ![regexp { -DHAVE_USLEEP[ =]+} $opts]} {
    append opts " -DHAVE_USLEEP=1"
  }

  # Set the sub-directory to use.
  #
  set dir [string tolower [string map {- _ " " _} $name]]

  if {$::tcl_platform(platform)=="windows"} {
    append opts " -DSQLITE_OS_WIN=1"
................................................................................
    set hours [expr {($tm2-$tm1)/3600}]
    set minutes [expr {(($tm2-$tm1)/60)%60}]
    set seconds [expr {($tm2-$tm1)%60}]
    set tm [format (%02d:%02d:%02d) $hours $minutes $seconds]
    if {$rc} {
      puts " FAIL $tm"
      incr ::NERR

    } else {
      puts " Ok   $tm"
    }
    if {$errmsg!=""} {puts "     $errmsg"}
  }
}

# The following procedure returns the "configure" command to be exectued for
# the current platform, which may be Windows (via MinGW, etc).
#
proc configureCommand {opts} {
  if {$::MSVC} return [list]; # This is not needed for MSVC.
  set result [list trace_cmd exec]
  if {$::tcl_platform(platform)=="windows"} {
    lappend result sh
  }
  lappend result $::SRCDIR/configure --enable-load-extension
  foreach x $opts {lappend result $x}
  lappend result >& test.log
}

# The following procedure returns the "make" command to be executed for the
# specified targets, compiler flags, and options.
#
proc makeCommand { targets cflags opts } {
  set result [list trace_cmd exec]
  if {$::MSVC} {
    set nmakeDir [file nativename $::SRCDIR]
    set nmakeFile [file join $nmakeDir Makefile.msc]
    lappend result nmake /f $nmakeFile TOP=$nmakeDir clean
  } else {
    lappend result make clean
  }
  foreach target $targets {
    lappend result $target
  }
  lappend result CFLAGS=$cflags OPTS=$opts >>& test.log
}

# The following procedure prints its arguments if ::TRACE is true.
................................................................................
# Currently the only option supported is "-makefile", default
# "releasetest.mk". Set the ::MAKEFILE variable to the value of this
# option.
#
proc process_options {argv} {
  set ::SRCDIR    [file normalize [file dirname [file dirname $::argv0]]]
  set ::QUICK     0
  set ::MSVC      0
  set ::BUILDONLY 0
  set ::DRYRUN    0
  set ::EXEC      exec
  set ::TRACE     0
  set config {}
  set platform $::tcl_platform(os)-$::tcl_platform(machine)

................................................................................
        set ::QUICK 2
      }

      -config {
        incr i
        set config [lindex $argv $i]
      }

      -msvc {
        set ::MSVC 1
      }

      -buildonly {
        set ::BUILDONLY 1
      }

      -dryrun {
        set ::DRYRUN 1
................................................................................

      -info {
        puts "Command-line Options:"
        puts "   --srcdir $::SRCDIR"
        puts "   --platform [list $platform]"
        puts "   --config [list $config]"
        if {$::QUICK}     {puts "   --quick"}
        if {$::MSVC}      {puts "   --msvc"}
        if {$::BUILDONLY} {puts "   --buildonly"}
        if {$::DRYRUN}    {puts "   --dryrun"}
        if {$::TRACE}     {puts "   --trace"}
        puts "\nAvailable --platform options:"
        foreach y [lsort [array names ::Platforms]] {
          puts "   [list $y]"
        }
        puts "\nAvailable --config options:"
        foreach y [lsort [array names ::Configs]] {
          puts "   [list $y]"
        }
        exit
      }

      -g {
        if {$::MSVC} {
          lappend ::EXTRACONFIG -Zi
        } else {
          lappend ::EXTRACONFIG [lindex $argv $i]
        }
      }

      -D* -
      -O* -
      -enable-* -
      -disable-* -
      *=* {
        lappend ::EXTRACONFIG [lindex $argv $i]
      }
................................................................................
    set ::CONFIGLIST $::Platforms($platform)
  }
  puts "Running the following test configurations for $platform:"
  puts "    [string trim $::CONFIGLIST]"
  puts -nonewline "Flags:"
  if {$::DRYRUN} {puts -nonewline " --dryrun"}
  if {$::BUILDONLY} {puts -nonewline " --buildonly"}
  if {$::MSVC} {puts -nonewline " --msvc"}
  switch -- $::QUICK {
     1 {puts -nonewline " --quick"}
     2 {puts -nonewline " --veryquick"}
  }
  puts ""
}

................................................................................
  set ::NERR 0
  set ::NTEST 0
  set ::NTESTCASE 0
  set ::NERRCASE 0
  set ::SQLITE_VERSION {}
  set STARTTIME [clock seconds]
  foreach {zConfig target} $::CONFIGLIST {
    if {$::MSVC && ($zConfig eq "Sanitize" || "checksymbols" in $target
           || "valgrindtest" in $target)} {
      puts "Skipping $zConfig / $target for MSVC..."
      continue
    }
    if {$target ne "checksymbols"} {
      switch -- $::QUICK {
         1 {set target test}
         2 {set target smoketest}
      }
      if {$::BUILDONLY} {
        set target testfixture
        if {$::MSVC} {append target .exe}
      }
    }
    set config_options [concat $::Configs($zConfig) $::EXTRACONFIG]

    incr NTEST
    run_test_suite $zConfig $target $config_options

    # If the configuration included the SQLITE_DEBUG option, then remove

    SELECT x FROM t2
    UNION ALL
    SELECT x FROM t2
    EXCEPT
    SELECT x FROM t2
  }
} {1 {SELECTs to the left and right of UNION do not have the same number of result columns}}






do_test select4-12.1 {
  sqlite3 db2 :memory:
  catchsql {
    SELECT 1 UNION SELECT 2,3 UNION SELECT 4,5 ORDER BY 1;
  } db2
} {1 {SELECTs to the left and right of UNION do not have the same number of result columns}}
................................................................................
} {}
do_execsql_test select4-14.8 {
  SELECT * FROM t14 EXCEPT VALUES('a','b','c') EXCEPT VALUES(4,5,6)
} {1 2 3}
do_execsql_test select4-14.9 {
  SELECT * FROM t14 UNION ALL VALUES(3,2,1),(2,3,1),(1,2,3),(2,1,3);
} {1 2 3 4 5 6 3 2 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 2 1 3}








finish_test

    SELECT x FROM t2
    UNION ALL
    SELECT x FROM t2
    EXCEPT
    SELECT x FROM t2
  }
} {1 {SELECTs to the left and right of UNION do not have the same number of result columns}}
do_test select4-11.16 {
  catchsql {
    INSERT INTO t2(rowid) VALUES(2) UNION SELECT 3,4 UNION SELECT 5,6 ORDER BY 1;
  }
} {1 {SELECTs to the left and right of UNION do not have the same number of result columns}}

do_test select4-12.1 {
  sqlite3 db2 :memory:
  catchsql {
    SELECT 1 UNION SELECT 2,3 UNION SELECT 4,5 ORDER BY 1;
  } db2
} {1 {SELECTs to the left and right of UNION do not have the same number of result columns}}
................................................................................
} {}
do_execsql_test select4-14.8 {
  SELECT * FROM t14 EXCEPT VALUES('a','b','c') EXCEPT VALUES(4,5,6)
} {1 2 3}
do_execsql_test select4-14.9 {
  SELECT * FROM t14 UNION ALL VALUES(3,2,1),(2,3,1),(1,2,3),(2,1,3);
} {1 2 3 4 5 6 3 2 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 2 1 3}
do_execsql_test select4-14.10 {
  SELECT (VALUES(1),(2),(3),(4))
} {1}
do_execsql_test select4-14.11 {
  SELECT (SELECT 1 UNION ALL SELECT 2 UNION ALL SELECT 3 UNION ALL SELECT 4)
} {1}


finish_test

} {}
do_test selectE-2.2 {
  db eval {
    SELECT a COLLATE nocase FROM t2 EXCEPT SELECT a FROM t3
     ORDER BY 1 COLLATE binary
  }
} {}






finish_test

} {}
do_test selectE-2.2 {
  db eval {
    SELECT a COLLATE nocase FROM t2 EXCEPT SELECT a FROM t3
     ORDER BY 1 COLLATE binary
  }
} {}

do_catchsql_test selectE-3.1 {
  SELECT 1 EXCEPT SELECT 2 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase EXCEPT SELECT 3;
} {1 {ORDER BY clause should come after EXCEPT not before}}


finish_test

  execsql {
    PRAGMA writable_schema=on;
    UPDATE sqlite_master SET sql='nonsense';
  }
  db close
  catch { sqlite3 db test.db }
  catchsql { DROP TRIGGER t2r5 }
} {1 {malformed database schema (t2r12) - near "nonsense": syntax error}}

finish_test

  execsql {
    PRAGMA writable_schema=on;
    UPDATE sqlite_master SET sql='nonsense';
  }
  db close
  catch { sqlite3 db test.db }
  catchsql { DROP TRIGGER t2r5 }
} {1 {malformed database schema (t2r12)}}

finish_test

# This file implements regression tests for SQLite library.  The
# focus of this file is testing the VACUUM statement.
#
# $Id: vacuum2.test,v 1.10 2009/02/18 20:31:18 drh Exp $

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl


# Do not use a codec for tests in this file, as the database file is
# manipulated directly using tcl scripts (using the [hexio_write] command).
#
do_not_use_codec

# If the VACUUM statement is disabled in the current build, skip all
................................................................................
  db eval {SELECT a, b FROM t1 WHERE a<=10} {
    if {$a==6} { set res [catchsql VACUUM] }
    lappend res2 $a
  }
  lappend res2 $res
} {1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 {1 {cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress}}}





















finish_test

# This file implements regression tests for SQLite library.  The
# focus of this file is testing the VACUUM statement.
#
# $Id: vacuum2.test,v 1.10 2009/02/18 20:31:18 drh Exp $

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
set testprefix vacuum2

# Do not use a codec for tests in this file, as the database file is
# manipulated directly using tcl scripts (using the [hexio_write] command).
#
do_not_use_codec

# If the VACUUM statement is disabled in the current build, skip all
................................................................................
  db eval {SELECT a, b FROM t1 WHERE a<=10} {
    if {$a==6} { set res [catchsql VACUUM] }
    lappend res2 $a
  }
  lappend res2 $res
} {1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 {1 {cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress}}}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check that if the definition of a collation sequence is changed and
# VACUUM run, records are store in the (new) correct order following the
# VACUUM. Even if the modified collation is attached to a PK of a WITHOUT
# ROWID table.

proc cmp {lhs rhs} { string compare $lhs $rhs }
db collate cmp cmp
do_execsql_test 6.0 {
  CREATE TABLE t6(x PRIMARY KEY COLLATE cmp, y) WITHOUT ROWID;
  CREATE INDEX t6y ON t6(y);
  INSERT INTO t6 VALUES('i', 'one');
  INSERT INTO t6 VALUES('ii', 'one');
  INSERT INTO t6 VALUES('iii', 'one');
}
integrity_check 6.1
proc cmp {lhs rhs} { string compare $rhs $lhs }
do_execsql_test 6.2 VACUUM
integrity_check 6.3

finish_test

  CREATE TABLE t4(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
  INSERT INTO t4 VALUES('a', 'one');
  INSERT INTO t4 VALUES('b', 'two');
}

do_searchcount_test 3.1 {
  SELECT a, b FROM t3 WHERE (a=1 AND b='one') OR (a=2 AND b='two')
} {1 one 2 two search 2}

do_searchcount_test 3.2 {
  SELECT a, c FROM t3 WHERE (a=1 AND b='one') OR (a=2 AND b='two')
} {1 i 2 ii search 4}

do_searchcount_test 3.4.1 {
  SELECT y FROM t4 WHERE x='a'
} {one search 2}
do_searchcount_test 3.4.2 {
  SELECT a, b FROM t3 WHERE 
        (a=1 AND b=(SELECT y FROM t4 WHERE x='a')) 
     OR (a=2 AND b='two')
} {1 one 2 two search 4}
do_searchcount_test 3.4.3 {
  SELECT a, b FROM t3 WHERE 
        (a=2 AND b='two')
     OR (a=1 AND b=(SELECT y FROM t4 WHERE x='a')) 
} {2 two 1 one search 4}
do_searchcount_test 3.4.4 {
  SELECT a, b FROM t3 WHERE 
        (a=2 AND b=(SELECT y FROM t4 WHERE x='b')) 
     OR (a=1 AND b=(SELECT y FROM t4 WHERE x='a')) 
} {2 two 1 one search 6}

do_searchcount_test 3.5.1 {
  SELECT a, b FROM t3 WHERE (a=1 AND b='one') OR rowid=4
} {1 one 2 two search 2}
do_searchcount_test 3.5.2 {
  SELECT a, c FROM t3 WHERE (a=1 AND b='one') OR rowid=4
} {1 i 2 ii search 2}

# Ticket [d02e1406a58ea02d] (2012-10-04)
# LEFT JOIN with an OR in the ON clause causes segfault 
#
do_test 4.1 {
  db eval {
    CREATE TABLE t41(a,b,c);

  CREATE TABLE t4(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
  INSERT INTO t4 VALUES('a', 'one');
  INSERT INTO t4 VALUES('b', 'two');
}

do_searchcount_test 3.1 {
  SELECT a, b FROM t3 WHERE (a=1 AND b='one') OR (a=2 AND b='two')
} {1 one 2 two search 4}

do_searchcount_test 3.2 {
  SELECT a, c FROM t3 WHERE (a=1 AND b='one') OR (a=2 AND b='two')
} {1 i 2 ii search 6}

do_searchcount_test 3.4.1 {
  SELECT y FROM t4 WHERE x='a'
} {one search 2}
do_searchcount_test 3.4.2 {
  SELECT a, b FROM t3 WHERE 
        (a=1 AND b=(SELECT y FROM t4 WHERE x='a')) 
     OR (a=2 AND b='two')
} {1 one 2 two search 6}
do_searchcount_test 3.4.3 {
  SELECT a, b FROM t3 WHERE 
        (a=2 AND b='two')
     OR (a=1 AND b=(SELECT y FROM t4 WHERE x='a')) 
} {2 two 1 one search 6}
do_searchcount_test 3.4.4 {
  SELECT a, b FROM t3 WHERE 
        (a=2 AND b=(SELECT y FROM t4 WHERE x='b')) 
     OR (a=1 AND b=(SELECT y FROM t4 WHERE x='a')) 
} {2 two 1 one search 8}

do_searchcount_test 3.5.1 {
  SELECT a, b FROM t3 WHERE (a=1 AND b='one') OR rowid=4
} {1 one 2 two search 3}
do_searchcount_test 3.5.2 {
  SELECT a, c FROM t3 WHERE (a=1 AND b='one') OR rowid=4
} {1 i 2 ii search 3}

# Ticket [d02e1406a58ea02d] (2012-10-04)
# LEFT JOIN with an OR in the ON clause causes segfault 
#
do_test 4.1 {
  db eval {
    CREATE TABLE t41(a,b,c);

  WITH RECURSIVE c(i) AS (SELECT 5,* UNION ALL SELECT i+1 FROM c WHERE i<10)
  SELECT i FROM c;
} {1 {no tables specified}}
do_catchsql_test 13.3 {
  WITH RECURSIVE c(i,j) AS (SELECT 5,* UNION ALL SELECT i+1,11 FROM c WHERE i<10)
  SELECT i FROM c;
} {1 {table c has 1 values for 2 columns}}







finish_test

  WITH RECURSIVE c(i) AS (SELECT 5,* UNION ALL SELECT i+1 FROM c WHERE i<10)
  SELECT i FROM c;
} {1 {no tables specified}}
do_catchsql_test 13.3 {
  WITH RECURSIVE c(i,j) AS (SELECT 5,* UNION ALL SELECT i+1,11 FROM c WHERE i<10)
  SELECT i FROM c;
} {1 {table c has 1 values for 2 columns}}

# 2015-04-12
#
do_execsql_test 14.1 {
  WITH x AS (SELECT * FROM t) SELECT 0 EXCEPT SELECT 0 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE binary;
} {}

finish_test

do_test zeroblob-9.7 {
  db eval {SELECT zeroblob(2) IN (zeroblob(3))}
} {0}
do_test zeroblob-9.8 {
  db eval {SELECT zeroblob(2) IN (zeroblob(2))}
} {1}











finish_test

do_test zeroblob-9.7 {
  db eval {SELECT zeroblob(2) IN (zeroblob(3))}
} {0}
do_test zeroblob-9.8 {
  db eval {SELECT zeroblob(2) IN (zeroblob(2))}
} {1}

# Oversized zeroblob records
#
do_test zeroblob-10.1 {
  db eval {
    CREATE TABLE t10(a,b,c);
  }
  catchsql {INSERT INTO t10 VALUES(zeroblob(1e9),zeroblob(1e9),zeroblob(1e9))}
} {1 {string or blob too big}}


finish_test

** Read content from the file.
**
** Space to hold the content is obtained from malloc() and needs to be
** freed by the caller.
*/
static unsigned char *getContent(int ofst, int nByte){
  unsigned char *aData;

  aData = malloc(nByte+32);
  if( aData==0 ) out_of_memory();
  memset(aData, 0, nByte+32);
  lseek(db, ofst, SEEK_SET);
  if( read(db, aData, nByte)<nByte ) memset(aData, 0, nByte);

  return aData;
}

/*
** Print a range of bytes as hex and as ascii.
*/
static unsigned char *print_byte_range(
................................................................................
  zPgSz[1] = 0;
  lseek(db, 16, SEEK_SET);
  if( read(db, zPgSz, 2)<2 ) memset(zPgSz, 0, 2);
  pagesize = zPgSz[0]*256 + zPgSz[1]*65536;
  if( pagesize==0 ) pagesize = 1024;
  printf("Pagesize: %d\n", pagesize);
  fstat(db, &sbuf);
  mxPage = sbuf.st_size/pagesize;
  printf("Available pages: 1..%d\n", mxPage);
  if( argc==2 ){
    int i;
    for(i=1; i<=mxPage; i++) print_page(i);
  }else{
    int i;
    for(i=2; i<argc; i++){

** Read content from the file.
**
** Space to hold the content is obtained from malloc() and needs to be
** freed by the caller.
*/
static unsigned char *getContent(int ofst, int nByte){
  unsigned char *aData;
  int got;
  aData = malloc(nByte+32);
  if( aData==0 ) out_of_memory();
  memset(aData, 0, nByte+32);
  lseek(db, ofst, SEEK_SET);
  got = read(db, aData, nByte);
  if( got>0 && got<nByte ) memset(aData+got, 0, nByte-got);
  return aData;
}

/*
** Print a range of bytes as hex and as ascii.
*/
static unsigned char *print_byte_range(
................................................................................
  zPgSz[1] = 0;
  lseek(db, 16, SEEK_SET);
  if( read(db, zPgSz, 2)<2 ) memset(zPgSz, 0, 2);
  pagesize = zPgSz[0]*256 + zPgSz[1]*65536;
  if( pagesize==0 ) pagesize = 1024;
  printf("Pagesize: %d\n", pagesize);
  fstat(db, &sbuf);
  mxPage = (sbuf.st_size+pagesize-1)/pagesize;
  printf("Available pages: 1..%d\n", mxPage);
  if( argc==2 ){
    int i;
    for(i=1; i<=mxPage; i++) print_page(i);
  }else{
    int i;
    for(i=2; i<argc; i++){

/*
** 2015-04-06
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This is a utility problem that computes the differences in content
** between two SQLite databases.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "sqlite3.h"

/*
** All global variables are gathered into the "g" singleton.
*/
struct GlobalVars {
  const char *zArgv0;       /* Name of program */
  int bSchemaOnly;          /* Only show schema differences */
  int bSchemaPK;            /* Use the schema-defined PK, not the true PK */
  unsigned fDebug;          /* Debug flags */
  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection */
} g;

/*
** Allowed values for g.fDebug
*/
#define DEBUG_COLUMN_NAMES  0x000001
#define DEBUG_DIFF_SQL      0x000002

/*
** Dynamic string object
*/
typedef struct Str Str;
struct Str {
  char *z;        /* Text of the string */
  int nAlloc;     /* Bytes allocated in z[] */
  int nUsed;      /* Bytes actually used in z[] */
};

/*
** Initialize a Str object
*/
static void strInit(Str *p){
  p->z = 0;
  p->nAlloc = 0;
  p->nUsed = 0;
}
  
/*
** Print an error resulting from faulting command-line arguments and
** abort the program.
*/
static void cmdlineError(const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", g.zArgv0);
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  vfprintf(stderr, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  fprintf(stderr, "\n\"%s --help\" for more help\n", g.zArgv0);
  exit(1);
}

/*
** Print an error message for an error that occurs at runtime, then
** abort the program.
*/
static void runtimeError(const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", g.zArgv0);
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  vfprintf(stderr, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  fprintf(stderr, "\n");
  exit(1);
}

/*
** Free all memory held by a Str object
*/
static void strFree(Str *p){
  sqlite3_free(p->z);
  strInit(p);
}

/*
** Add formatted text to the end of a Str object
*/
static void strPrintf(Str *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
  int nNew;
  for(;;){
    if( p->z ){
      va_list ap;
      va_start(ap, zFormat);
      sqlite3_vsnprintf(p->nAlloc-p->nUsed, p->z+p->nUsed, zFormat, ap);
      va_end(ap);
      nNew = (int)strlen(p->z + p->nUsed);
    }else{
      nNew = p->nAlloc;
    }
    if( p->nUsed+nNew < p->nAlloc-1 ){
      p->nUsed += nNew;
      break;
    }
    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + 1000;
    p->z = sqlite3_realloc(p->z, p->nAlloc);
    if( p->z==0 ) runtimeError("out of memory");
  }
}



/* Safely quote an SQL identifier.  Use the minimum amount of transformation
** necessary to allow the string to be used with %s.
**
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  The
** caller is responsible for ensuring this space is freed when no longer
** needed.
*/
static char *safeId(const char *zId){
  /* All SQLite keywords, in alphabetical order */
  static const char *azKeywords[] = {
    "ABORT", "ACTION", "ADD", "AFTER", "ALL", "ALTER", "ANALYZE", "AND", "AS",
    "ASC", "ATTACH", "AUTOINCREMENT", "BEFORE", "BEGIN", "BETWEEN", "BY",
    "CASCADE", "CASE", "CAST", "CHECK", "COLLATE", "COLUMN", "COMMIT",
    "CONFLICT", "CONSTRAINT", "CREATE", "CROSS", "CURRENT_DATE",
    "CURRENT_TIME", "CURRENT_TIMESTAMP", "DATABASE", "DEFAULT", "DEFERRABLE",
    "DEFERRED", "DELETE", "DESC", "DETACH", "DISTINCT", "DROP", "EACH",
    "ELSE", "END", "ESCAPE", "EXCEPT", "EXCLUSIVE", "EXISTS", "EXPLAIN",
    "FAIL", "FOR", "FOREIGN", "FROM", "FULL", "GLOB", "GROUP", "HAVING", "IF",
    "IGNORE", "IMMEDIATE", "IN", "INDEX", "INDEXED", "INITIALLY", "INNER",
    "INSERT", "INSTEAD", "INTERSECT", "INTO", "IS", "ISNULL", "JOIN", "KEY",
    "LEFT", "LIKE", "LIMIT", "MATCH", "NATURAL", "NO", "NOT", "NOTNULL",
    "NULL", "OF", "OFFSET", "ON", "OR", "ORDER", "OUTER", "PLAN", "PRAGMA",
    "PRIMARY", "QUERY", "RAISE", "RECURSIVE", "REFERENCES", "REGEXP",
    "REINDEX", "RELEASE", "RENAME", "REPLACE", "RESTRICT", "RIGHT",
    "ROLLBACK", "ROW", "SAVEPOINT", "SELECT", "SET", "TABLE", "TEMP",
    "TEMPORARY", "THEN", "TO", "TRANSACTION", "TRIGGER", "UNION", "UNIQUE",
    "UPDATE", "USING", "VACUUM", "VALUES", "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", "WHEN", "WHERE",
    "WITH", "WITHOUT",
  };
  int lwr, upr, mid, c, i, x;
  for(i=x=0; (c = zId[i])!=0; i++){
    if( !isalpha(c) && c!='_' ){
      if( i>0 && isdigit(c) ){
        x++;
      }else{
        return sqlite3_mprintf("\"%w\"", zId);
      }
    }
  }
  if( x ) return sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zId);
  lwr = 0;
  upr = sizeof(azKeywords)/sizeof(azKeywords[0]) - 1;
  while( lwr<=upr ){
    mid = (lwr+upr)/2;
    c = sqlite3_stricmp(azKeywords[mid], zId);
    if( c==0 ) return sqlite3_mprintf("\"%w\"", zId);
    if( c<0 ){
      lwr = mid+1;
    }else{
      upr = mid-1;
    }
  }
  return sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zId);
}

/*
** Prepare a new SQL statement.  Print an error and abort if anything
** goes wrong.
*/
static sqlite3_stmt *db_vprepare(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
  char *zSql;
  int rc;
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;

  zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
  if( zSql==0 ) runtimeError("out of memory");
  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(g.db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
  if( rc ){
    runtimeError("SQL statement error: %s\n\"%s\"", sqlite3_errmsg(g.db),
                 zSql);
  }
  sqlite3_free(zSql);
  return pStmt;
}
static sqlite3_stmt *db_prepare(const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  pStmt = db_vprepare(zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  return pStmt;
}

/*
** Free a list of strings
*/
static void namelistFree(char **az){
  if( az ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; az[i]; i++) sqlite3_free(az[i]);
    sqlite3_free(az);
  }
}

/*
** Return a list of column names for the table zDb.zTab.  Space to
** hold the list is obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and should released
** using namelistFree() when no longer needed.
**
** Primary key columns are listed first, followed by data columns.
** The number of columns in the primary key is returned in *pnPkey.
**
** Normally, the "primary key" in the previous sentence is the true
** primary key - the rowid or INTEGER PRIMARY KEY for ordinary tables
** or the declared PRIMARY KEY for WITHOUT ROWID tables.  However, if
** the g.bSchemaPK flag is set, then the schema-defined PRIMARY KEY is
** used in all cases.  In that case, entries that have NULL values in
** any of their primary key fields will be excluded from the analysis.
**
** If the primary key for a table is the rowid but rowid is inaccessible,
** then this routine returns a NULL pointer.
**
** Examples:
**    CREATE TABLE t1(a INT UNIQUE, b INTEGER, c TEXT, PRIMARY KEY(c));
**    *pnPKey = 1;
**    az = { "rowid", "a", "b", "c", 0 }  // Normal case
**    az = { "c", "a", "b", 0 }           // g.bSchemaPK==1
**
**    CREATE TABLE t2(a INT UNIQUE, b INTEGER, c TEXT, PRIMARY KEY(b));
**    *pnPKey = 1;
**    az = { "b", "a", "c", 0 }
**
**    CREATE TABLE t3(x,y,z,PRIMARY KEY(y,z));
**    *pnPKey = 1                         // Normal case
**    az = { "rowid", "x", "y", "z", 0 }  // Normal case
**    *pnPKey = 2                         // g.bSchemaPK==1
**    az = { "y", "x", "z", 0 }           // g.bSchemaPK==1
**
**    CREATE TABLE t4(x,y,z,PRIMARY KEY(y,z)) WITHOUT ROWID;
**    *pnPKey = 2
**    az = { "y", "z", "x", 0 }
**
**    CREATE TABLE t5(rowid,_rowid_,oid);
**    az = 0     // The rowid is not accessible
*/
static char **columnNames(const char *zDb, const char *zTab, int *pnPKey){
  char **az = 0;           /* List of column names to be returned */
  int naz = 0;             /* Number of entries in az[] */
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* SQL statement being run */
  char *zPkIdxName = 0;    /* Name of the PRIMARY KEY index */
  int truePk = 0;          /* PRAGMA table_info indentifies the PK to use */
  int nPK = 0;             /* Number of PRIMARY KEY columns */
  int i, j;                /* Loop counters */

  if( g.bSchemaPK==0 ){
    /* Normal case:  Figure out what the true primary key is for the table.
    **   *  For WITHOUT ROWID tables, the true primary key is the same as
    **      the schema PRIMARY KEY, which is guaranteed to be present.
    **   *  For rowid tables with an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, the true primary
    **      key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
    **   *  For all other rowid tables, the rowid is the true primary key.
    */
    pStmt = db_prepare("PRAGMA %s.index_list=%Q", zDb, zTab);
    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
      if( sqlite3_stricmp((const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,3),"pk")==0 ){
        zPkIdxName = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1));
        break;
      }
    }
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    if( zPkIdxName ){
      int nKey = 0;
      int nCol = 0;
      truePk = 0;
      pStmt = db_prepare("PRAGMA %s.index_xinfo=%Q", zDb, zPkIdxName);
      while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
        nCol++;
        if( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,5) ){ nKey++; continue; }
        if( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,1)>=0 ) truePk = 1;
      }
      if( nCol==nKey ) truePk = 1;
      if( truePk ){
        nPK = nKey;
      }else{
        nPK = 1;
      }
      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
      sqlite3_free(zPkIdxName);
    }else{
      truePk = 1;
      nPK = 1;
    }
    pStmt = db_prepare("PRAGMA %s.table_info=%Q", zDb, zTab);
  }else{
    /* The g.bSchemaPK==1 case:  Use whatever primary key is declared
    ** in the schema.  The "rowid" will still be used as the primary key
    ** if the table definition does not contain a PRIMARY KEY.
    */
    nPK = 0;
    pStmt = db_prepare("PRAGMA %s.table_info=%Q", zDb, zTab);
    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
      if( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,5)>0 ) nPK++;
    }
    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
    if( nPK==0 ) nPK = 1;
    truePk = 1;
  }
  *pnPKey = nPK;
  naz = nPK;
  az = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(char*)*(nPK+1) );
  if( az==0 ) runtimeError("out of memory");
  memset(az, 0, sizeof(char*)*(nPK+1));
  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
    int iPKey;
    if( truePk && (iPKey = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,5))>0 ){
      az[iPKey-1] = safeId((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1));
    }else{
      az = sqlite3_realloc(az, sizeof(char*)*(naz+2) );
      if( az==0 ) runtimeError("out of memory");
      az[naz++] = safeId((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1));
    }
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  if( az ) az[naz] = 0;
  if( az[0]==0 ){
    const char *azRowid[] = { "rowid", "_rowid_", "oid" };
    for(i=0; i<sizeof(azRowid)/sizeof(azRowid[0]); i++){
      for(j=1; j<naz; j++){
        if( sqlite3_stricmp(az[j], azRowid[i])==0 ) break;
      }
      if( j>=naz ){
        az[0] = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", azRowid[i]);
        break;
      }
    }
    if( az[0]==0 ){
      for(i=1; i<naz; i++) sqlite3_free(az[i]);
      sqlite3_free(az);
      az = 0;
    }
  }
  return az;
}

/*
** Print the sqlite3_value X as an SQL literal.
*/
static void printQuoted(FILE *out, sqlite3_value *X){
  switch( sqlite3_value_type(X) ){
    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
      double r1;
      char zBuf[50];
      r1 = sqlite3_value_double(X);
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.15g", r1);
      fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf);
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
      fprintf(out, "%lld", sqlite3_value_int64(X));
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
      const unsigned char *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(X);
      int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(X);
      if( zBlob ){
        int i;
        fprintf(out, "x'");
        for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
          fprintf(out, "%02x", zBlob[i]);
        }
        fprintf(out, "'");
      }else{
        fprintf(out, "NULL");
      }
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
      const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(X);
      int i, j;

      if( zArg==0 ){
        fprintf(out, "NULL");
      }else{
        fprintf(out, "'");
        for(i=j=0; zArg[i]; i++){
          if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
            fprintf(out, "%.*s'", i-j+1, &zArg[j]);
            j = i+1;
          }
        }
        fprintf(out, "%s'", &zArg[j]);
      }
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_NULL: {
      fprintf(out, "NULL");
      break;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Output SQL that will recreate the aux.zTab table.
*/
static void dump_table(const char *zTab, FILE *out){
  char *zId = safeId(zTab); /* Name of the table */
  char **az = 0;            /* List of columns */
  int nPk;                  /* Number of true primary key columns */
  int nCol;                 /* Number of data columns */
  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;      /* SQL statement */
  const char *zSep;         /* Separator string */
  Str ins;                  /* Beginning of the INSERT statement */

  pStmt = db_prepare("SELECT sql FROM aux.sqlite_master WHERE name=%Q", zTab);
  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
    fprintf(out, "%s;\n", sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,0));
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  if( !g.bSchemaOnly ){
    az = columnNames("aux", zTab, &nPk);
    strInit(&ins);
    if( az==0 ){
      pStmt = db_prepare("SELECT * FROM aux.%s", zId);
      strPrintf(&ins,"INSERT INTO %s VALUES", zId);
    }else{
      Str sql;
      strInit(&sql);
      zSep =  "SELECT";
      for(i=0; az[i]; i++){
        strPrintf(&sql, "%s %s", zSep, az[i]);
        zSep = ",";
      }
      strPrintf(&sql," FROM aux.%s", zId);
      zSep = " ORDER BY";
      for(i=1; i<=nPk; i++){
        strPrintf(&sql, "%s %d", zSep, i);
        zSep = ",";
      }
      pStmt = db_prepare("%s", sql.z);
      strFree(&sql);
      strPrintf(&ins, "INSERT INTO %s", zId);
      zSep = "(";
      for(i=0; az[i]; i++){
        strPrintf(&ins, "%s%s", zSep, az[i]);
        zSep = ",";
      }
      strPrintf(&ins,") VALUES");
      namelistFree(az);
    }
    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
      fprintf(out, "%s",ins.z);
      zSep = "(";
      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
        fprintf(out, "%s",zSep);
        printQuoted(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,i));
        zSep = ",";
      }
      fprintf(out, ");\n");
    }
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    strFree(&ins);
  } /* endif !g.bSchemaOnly */
  pStmt = db_prepare("SELECT sql FROM aux.sqlite_master"
                     " WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name=%Q AND sql IS NOT NULL",
                     zTab);
  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
    fprintf(out, "%s;\n", sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,0));
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}


/*
** Compute all differences for a single table.
*/
static void diff_one_table(const char *zTab, FILE *out){
  char *zId = safeId(zTab); /* Name of table (translated for us in SQL) */
  char **az = 0;            /* Columns in main */
  char **az2 = 0;           /* Columns in aux */
  int nPk;                  /* Primary key columns in main */
  int nPk2;                 /* Primary key columns in aux */
  int n;                    /* Number of columns in main */
  int n2;                   /* Number of columns in aux */
  int nQ;                   /* Number of output columns in the diff query */
  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
  const char *zSep;         /* Separator string */
  Str sql;                  /* Comparison query */
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;      /* Query statement to do the diff */

  strInit(&sql);
  if( g.fDebug==DEBUG_COLUMN_NAMES ){
    /* Simply run columnNames() on all tables of the origin
    ** database and show the results.  This is used for testing
    ** and debugging of the columnNames() function.
    */
    az = columnNames("aux",zTab, &nPk);
    if( az==0 ){
      printf("Rowid not accessible for %s\n", zId);
    }else{
      printf("%s:", zId);
      for(i=0; az[i]; i++){
        printf(" %s", az[i]);
        if( i+1==nPk ) printf(" *");
      }
      printf("\n");
    }
    goto end_diff_one_table;
  }
    

  if( sqlite3_table_column_metadata(g.db,"aux",zTab,0,0,0,0,0,0) ){
    if( !sqlite3_table_column_metadata(g.db,"main",zTab,0,0,0,0,0,0) ){
      /* Table missing from second database. */
      fprintf(out, "DROP TABLE %s;\n", zId);
    }
    goto end_diff_one_table;
  }

  if( sqlite3_table_column_metadata(g.db,"main",zTab,0,0,0,0,0,0) ){
    /* Table missing from source */
    dump_table(zTab, out);
    goto end_diff_one_table;
  }

  az = columnNames("main", zTab, &nPk);
  az2 = columnNames("aux", zTab, &nPk2);
  if( az && az2 ){
    for(n=0; az[n]; n++){
      if( sqlite3_stricmp(az[n],az2[n])!=0 ) break;
    }
  }
  if( az==0
   || az2==0
   || nPk!=nPk2
   || az[n]
  ){
    /* Schema mismatch */
    fprintf(out, "DROP TABLE %s;\n", zId);
    dump_table(zTab, out);
    goto end_diff_one_table;
  }

  /* Build the comparison query */
  for(n2=n; az[n2]; n2++){}
  nQ = nPk2+1+2*(n2-nPk2);
  if( n2>nPk2 ){
    zSep = "SELECT ";
    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
      strPrintf(&sql, "%sB.%s", zSep, az[i]);
      zSep = ", ";
    }
    strPrintf(&sql, ", 1%s -- changed row\n", nPk==n ? "" : ",");
    while( az[i] ){
      strPrintf(&sql, "       A.%s IS NOT B.%s, B.%s%s\n",
                az[i], az[i], az[i], i==n2-1 ? "" : ",");
      i++;
    }
    strPrintf(&sql, "  FROM main.%s A, aux.%s B\n", zId, zId);
    zSep = " WHERE";
    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
      strPrintf(&sql, "%s A.%s=B.%s", zSep, az[i], az[i]);
      zSep = " AND";
    }
    zSep = "\n   AND (";
    while( az[i] ){
      strPrintf(&sql, "%sA.%s IS NOT B.%s%s\n",
                zSep, az[i], az[i], i==n2-1 ? ")" : "");
      zSep = "        OR ";
      i++;
    }
    strPrintf(&sql, " UNION ALL\n");
  }
  zSep = "SELECT ";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%sA.%s", zSep, az[i]);
    zSep = ", ";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ", 2%s -- deleted row\n", nPk==n ? "" : ",");
  while( az[i] ){
    strPrintf(&sql, "       NULL, NULL%s\n", i==n2-1 ? "" : ",");
    i++;
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, "  FROM main.%s A\n", zId);
  strPrintf(&sql, " WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM aux.%s B\n", zId);
  zSep =          "                   WHERE";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%s A.%s=B.%s", zSep, az[i], az[i]);
    zSep = " AND";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ")\n");
  zSep = " UNION ALL\nSELECT ";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%sB.%s", zSep, az[i]);
    zSep = ", ";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ", 3%s -- inserted row\n", nPk==n ? "" : ",");
  while( az2[i] ){
    strPrintf(&sql, "       1, B.%s%s\n", az[i], i==n2-1 ? "" : ",");
    i++;
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, "  FROM aux.%s B\n", zId);
  strPrintf(&sql, " WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM main.%s A\n", zId);
  zSep =          "                   WHERE";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%s A.%s=B.%s", zSep, az[i], az[i]);
    zSep = " AND";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ")\n ORDER BY");
  zSep = " ";
  for(i=1; i<=nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%s%d", zSep, i);
    zSep = ", ";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ";\n");

  if( g.fDebug & DEBUG_DIFF_SQL ){ 
    printf("SQL for %s:\n%s\n", zId, sql.z);
    goto end_diff_one_table;
  }

  /* Drop indexes that are missing in the destination */
  pStmt = db_prepare(
    "SELECT name FROM main.sqlite_master"
    " WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name=%Q"
    "   AND sql IS NOT NULL"
    "   AND sql NOT IN (SELECT sql FROM aux.sqlite_master"
    "                    WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name=%Q"
    "                      AND sql IS NOT NULL)",
    zTab, zTab);
  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
    char *z = safeId((const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,0));
    fprintf(out, "DROP INDEX %s;\n", z);
    sqlite3_free(z);
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);

  /* Run the query and output differences */
  if( !g.bSchemaOnly ){
    pStmt = db_prepare(sql.z);
    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
      int iType = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, nPk);
      if( iType==1 || iType==2 ){
        if( iType==1 ){       /* Change the content of a row */
          fprintf(out, "UPDATE %s", zId);
          zSep = " SET";
          for(i=nPk+1; i<nQ; i+=2){
            if( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,i)==0 ) continue;
            fprintf(out, "%s %s=", zSep, az2[(i+nPk-1)/2]);
            zSep = ",";
            printQuoted(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,i+1));
          }
        }else{                /* Delete a row */
          fprintf(out, "DELETE FROM %s", zId);
        }
        zSep = " WHERE";
        for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
          fprintf(out, "%s %s=", zSep, az2[i]);
          printQuoted(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,i));
          zSep = ",";
        }
        fprintf(out, ";\n");
      }else{                  /* Insert a row */
        fprintf(out, "INSERT INTO %s(%s", zId, az2[0]);
        for(i=1; az2[i]; i++) fprintf(out, ",%s", az2[i]);
        fprintf(out, ") VALUES");
        zSep = "(";
        for(i=0; i<nPk2; i++){
          fprintf(out, "%s", zSep);
          zSep = ",";
          printQuoted(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,i));
        }
        for(i=nPk2+2; i<nQ; i+=2){
          fprintf(out, ",");
          printQuoted(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,i));
        }
        fprintf(out, ");\n");
      }
    }
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  } /* endif !g.bSchemaOnly */

  /* Create indexes that are missing in the source */
  pStmt = db_prepare(
    "SELECT sql FROM aux.sqlite_master"
    " WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name=%Q"
    "   AND sql IS NOT NULL"
    "   AND sql NOT IN (SELECT sql FROM main.sqlite_master"
    "                    WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name=%Q"
    "                      AND sql IS NOT NULL)",
    zTab, zTab);
  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
    fprintf(out, "%s;\n", sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,0));
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);

end_diff_one_table:
  strFree(&sql);
  sqlite3_free(zId);
  namelistFree(az);
  namelistFree(az2);
  return;
}

/*
** Display a summary of differences between two versions of the same
** table table.
**
**   *  Number of rows changed
**   *  Number of rows added
**   *  Number of rows deleted
**   *  Number of identical rows
*/
static void summarize_one_table(const char *zTab, FILE *out){
  char *zId = safeId(zTab); /* Name of table (translated for us in SQL) */
  char **az = 0;            /* Columns in main */
  char **az2 = 0;           /* Columns in aux */
  int nPk;                  /* Primary key columns in main */
  int nPk2;                 /* Primary key columns in aux */
  int n;                    /* Number of columns in main */
  int n2;                   /* Number of columns in aux */
  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
  const char *zSep;         /* Separator string */
  Str sql;                  /* Comparison query */
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;      /* Query statement to do the diff */
  sqlite3_int64 nUpdate;    /* Number of updated rows */
  sqlite3_int64 nUnchanged; /* Number of unmodified rows */
  sqlite3_int64 nDelete;    /* Number of deleted rows */
  sqlite3_int64 nInsert;    /* Number of inserted rows */

  strInit(&sql);
  if( sqlite3_table_column_metadata(g.db,"aux",zTab,0,0,0,0,0,0) ){
    if( !sqlite3_table_column_metadata(g.db,"main",zTab,0,0,0,0,0,0) ){
      /* Table missing from second database. */
      fprintf(out, "%s: missing from second database\n", zTab);
    }
    goto end_summarize_one_table;
  }

  if( sqlite3_table_column_metadata(g.db,"main",zTab,0,0,0,0,0,0) ){
    /* Table missing from source */
    fprintf(out, "%s: missing from first database\n", zTab);
    goto end_summarize_one_table;
  }

  az = columnNames("main", zTab, &nPk);
  az2 = columnNames("aux", zTab, &nPk2);
  if( az && az2 ){
    for(n=0; az[n]; n++){
      if( sqlite3_stricmp(az[n],az2[n])!=0 ) break;
    }
  }
  if( az==0
   || az2==0
   || nPk!=nPk2
   || az[n]
  ){
    /* Schema mismatch */
    fprintf(out, "%s: incompatible schema\n", zTab);
    goto end_summarize_one_table;
  }

  /* Build the comparison query */
  for(n2=n; az[n2]; n2++){}
  strPrintf(&sql, "SELECT 1, count(*)");
  if( n2==nPk2 ){
    strPrintf(&sql, ", 0\n");
  }else{
    zSep = ", sum(";
    for(i=nPk; az[i]; i++){
      strPrintf(&sql, "%sA.%s IS NOT B.%s", zSep, az[i], az[i]);
      zSep = " OR ";
    }
    strPrintf(&sql, ")\n");
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, "  FROM main.%s A, aux.%s B\n", zId, zId);
  zSep = " WHERE";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%s A.%s=B.%s", zSep, az[i], az[i]);
    zSep = " AND";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, " UNION ALL\n");
  strPrintf(&sql, "SELECT 2, count(*), 0\n");
  strPrintf(&sql, "  FROM main.%s A\n", zId);
  strPrintf(&sql, " WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM aux.%s B ", zId);
  zSep = "WHERE";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%s A.%s=B.%s", zSep, az[i], az[i]);
    zSep = " AND";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ")\n");
  strPrintf(&sql, " UNION ALL\n");
  strPrintf(&sql, "SELECT 3, count(*), 0\n");
  strPrintf(&sql, "  FROM aux.%s B\n", zId);
  strPrintf(&sql, " WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM main.%s A ", zId);
  zSep = "WHERE";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%s A.%s=B.%s", zSep, az[i], az[i]);
    zSep = " AND";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ")\n ORDER BY 1;\n");

  if( (g.fDebug & DEBUG_DIFF_SQL)!=0 ){ 
    printf("SQL for %s:\n%s\n", zId, sql.z);
    goto end_summarize_one_table;
  }

  /* Run the query and output difference summary */
  pStmt = db_prepare(sql.z);
  nUpdate = 0;
  nInsert = 0;
  nDelete = 0;
  nUnchanged = 0;
  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
    switch( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,0) ){
      case 1:
        nUpdate = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt,2);
        nUnchanged = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt,1) - nUpdate;
        break;
      case 2:
        nDelete = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt,1);
        break;
      case 3:
        nInsert = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt,1);
        break;
    }
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  fprintf(out, "%s: %lld changes, %lld inserts, %lld deletes, %lld unchanged\n",
          zTab, nUpdate, nInsert, nDelete, nUnchanged);

end_summarize_one_table:
  strFree(&sql);
  sqlite3_free(zId);
  namelistFree(az);
  namelistFree(az2);
  return;
}

/*
** Write a 64-bit signed integer as a varint onto out
*/
static void putsVarint(FILE *out, sqlite3_uint64 v){
  int i, n;
  unsigned char p[12];
  if( v & (((sqlite3_uint64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
    p[8] = (unsigned char)v;
    v >>= 8;
    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
      p[i] = (unsigned char)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
      v >>= 7;
    }
    fwrite(p, 8, 1, out);
  }else{
    n = 9;
    do{
      p[n--] = (unsigned char)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
      v >>= 7;
    }while( v!=0 );
    p[9] &= 0x7f;
    fwrite(p+n+1, 9-n, 1, out);
  }
}

/*
** Write an SQLite value onto out.
*/
static void putValue(FILE *out, sqlite3_value *pVal){
  int iDType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
  sqlite3_int64 iX;
  double rX;
  sqlite3_uint64 uX;
  int j;

  putc(iDType, out);
  switch( iDType ){
    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
      iX = sqlite3_value_int64(pVal);
      memcpy(&uX, &iX, 8);
      for(j=56; j>=0; j-=8) putc((uX>>j)&0xff, out);
      break;
    case SQLITE_FLOAT:
      rX = sqlite3_value_int64(pVal);
      memcpy(&uX, &rX, 8);
      for(j=56; j>=0; j-=8) putc((uX>>j)&0xff, out);
      break;
    case SQLITE_TEXT:
      iX = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal);
      putsVarint(out, (sqlite3_uint64)iX);
      fwrite(sqlite3_value_text(pVal),1,iX,out);
      break;
    case SQLITE_BLOB:
      iX = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal);
      putsVarint(out, (sqlite3_uint64)iX);
      fwrite(sqlite3_value_blob(pVal),1,iX,out);
      break;
    case SQLITE_NULL:
      break;
  }
}

/*
** Generate a CHANGESET for all differences from main.zTab to aux.zTab.
*/
static void changeset_one_table(const char *zTab, FILE *out){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;          /* SQL statment */
  char *zId = safeId(zTab);     /* Escaped name of the table */
  char **azCol = 0;             /* List of escaped column names */
  int nCol = 0;                 /* Number of columns */
  int *aiFlg = 0;               /* 0 if column is not part of PK */
  int *aiPk = 0;                /* Column numbers for each PK column */
  int nPk = 0;                  /* Number of PRIMARY KEY columns */
  Str sql;                      /* SQL for the diff query */
  int i, k;                     /* Loop counters */
  const char *zSep;             /* List separator */

  pStmt = db_prepare(
      "SELECT A.sql=B.sql FROM main.sqlite_master A, aux.sqlite_master B"
      " WHERE A.name=%Q AND B.name=%Q", zTab, zTab
  );
  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
    if( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,0)==0 ){
      runtimeError("schema changes for table %s", safeId(zTab));
    }
  }else{
    runtimeError("table %s missing from one or both databases", safeId(zTab));
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  pStmt = db_prepare("PRAGMA main.table_info=%Q", zTab);
  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
    nCol++;
    azCol = sqlite3_realloc(azCol, sizeof(char*)*nCol);
    if( azCol==0 ) runtimeError("out of memory");
    aiFlg = sqlite3_realloc(aiFlg, sizeof(int)*nCol);
    if( aiFlg==0 ) runtimeError("out of memory");
    azCol[nCol-1] = safeId((const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1));
    aiFlg[nCol-1] = i = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,5);
    if( i>0 ){
      if( i>nPk ){
        nPk = i;
        aiPk = sqlite3_realloc(aiPk, sizeof(int)*nPk);
        if( aiPk==0 ) runtimeError("out of memory");
      }
      aiPk[i-1] = nCol-1;
    }
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  if( nPk==0 ) goto end_changeset_one_table; 
  strInit(&sql);
  if( nCol>nPk ){
    strPrintf(&sql, "SELECT %d", SQLITE_UPDATE);
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      if( aiFlg[i] ){
        strPrintf(&sql, ",\n       A.%s", azCol[i]);
      }else{
        strPrintf(&sql, ",\n       A.%s IS NOT B.%s, A.%s, B.%s",
                  azCol[i], azCol[i], azCol[i], azCol[i]);
      }
    }
    strPrintf(&sql,"\n  FROM main.%s A, aux.%s B\n", zId, zId);
    zSep = " WHERE";
    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
      strPrintf(&sql, "%s A.%s=B.%s", zSep, azCol[aiPk[i]], azCol[aiPk[i]]);
      zSep = " AND";
    }
    zSep = "\n   AND (";
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      if( aiFlg[i] ) continue;
      strPrintf(&sql, "%sA.%s IS NOT B.%s", zSep, azCol[i], azCol[i]);
      zSep = " OR\n        ";
    }
    strPrintf(&sql,")\n UNION ALL\n");
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, "SELECT %d", SQLITE_DELETE);
  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
    if( aiFlg[i] ){
      strPrintf(&sql, ",\n       A.%s", azCol[i]);
    }else{
      strPrintf(&sql, ",\n       1, A.%s, NULL", azCol[i]);
    }
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, "\n  FROM main.%s A\n", zId);
  strPrintf(&sql, " WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM aux.%s B\n", zId);
  zSep =          "                   WHERE";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%s A.%s=B.%s", zSep, azCol[aiPk[i]], azCol[aiPk[i]]);
    zSep = " AND";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ")\n UNION ALL\n");
  strPrintf(&sql, "SELECT %d", SQLITE_INSERT);
  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
    if( aiFlg[i] ){
      strPrintf(&sql, ",\n       B.%s", azCol[i]);
    }else{
      strPrintf(&sql, ",\n       1, NULL, B.%s", azCol[i]);
    }
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, "\n  FROM aux.%s B\n", zId);
  strPrintf(&sql, " WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM main.%s A\n", zId);
  zSep =          "                   WHERE";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%s A.%s=B.%s", zSep, azCol[aiPk[i]], azCol[aiPk[i]]);
    zSep = " AND";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ")\n");
  strPrintf(&sql, " ORDER BY");
  zSep = " ";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%s %d", zSep, aiPk[i]+2);
    zSep = ",";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ";\n");

  if( g.fDebug & DEBUG_DIFF_SQL ){ 
    printf("SQL for %s:\n%s\n", zId, sql.z);
    goto end_changeset_one_table;
  }

  putc('T', out);
  putsVarint(out, (sqlite3_uint64)nCol);
  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++) putc(aiFlg[i]!=0, out);
  fwrite(zTab, 1, strlen(zTab), out);
  putc(0, out);

  pStmt = db_prepare("%s", sql.z);
  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
    int iType = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,0);
    putc(iType, out);
    putc(0, out);
    switch( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,0) ){
      case SQLITE_UPDATE: {
        for(k=1, i=0; i<nCol; i++){
          if( aiFlg[i] ){
            putValue(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,k));
            k++;
          }else if( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,k) ){
            putValue(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,k+1));
            k += 3;
          }else{
            putc(0, out);
            k += 3;
          }
        }
        for(k=1, i=0; i<nCol; i++){
          if( aiFlg[i] ){
            putc(0, out);
            k++;
          }else if( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt,k) ){
            putValue(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,k+2));
            k += 3;
          }else{
            putc(0, out);
            k += 3;
          }
        }
        break;
      }
      case SQLITE_INSERT: {
        for(k=1, i=0; i<nCol; i++){
          if( aiFlg[i] ){
            putValue(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,k));
            k++;
          }else{
            putValue(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,k+2));
            k += 3;
          }
        }
        break;
      }
      case SQLITE_DELETE: {
        for(k=1, i=0; i<nCol; i++){
          if( aiFlg[i] ){
            putValue(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,k));
            k++;
          }else{
            putValue(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,k+1));
            k += 3;
          }
        }
        break;
      }
    }
  }
  sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  
end_changeset_one_table:
  while( nCol>0 ) sqlite3_free(azCol[--nCol]);
  sqlite3_free(azCol);
  sqlite3_free(aiPk);
  sqlite3_free(zId);
}

/*
** Print sketchy documentation for this utility program
*/
static void showHelp(void){
  printf("Usage: %s [options] DB1 DB2\n", g.zArgv0);
  printf(
"Output SQL text that would transform DB1 into DB2.\n"
"Options:\n"
"  --changeset FILE      Write a CHANGESET into FILE\n"
"  --primarykey          Use schema-defined PRIMARY KEYs\n"
"  --schema              Show only differences in the schema\n"
"  --summary             Show only a summary of the differences\n"
"  --table TAB           Show only differences in table TAB\n"
  );
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  const char *zDb1 = 0;
  const char *zDb2 = 0;
  int i;
  int rc;
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
  char *zSql;
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  char *zTab = 0;
  FILE *out = stdout;
  void (*xDiff)(const char*,FILE*) = diff_one_table;

  g.zArgv0 = argv[0];
  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
    const char *z = argv[i];
    if( z[0]=='-' ){
      z++;
      if( z[0]=='-' ) z++;
      if( strcmp(z,"changeset")==0 ){
        out = fopen(argv[++i], "wb");
        if( out==0 ) cmdlineError("cannot open: %s", argv[i]);
        xDiff = changeset_one_table;
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"debug")==0 ){
        g.fDebug = strtol(argv[++i], 0, 0);
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"help")==0 ){
        showHelp();
        return 0;
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"primarykey")==0 ){
        g.bSchemaPK = 1;
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"schema")==0 ){
        g.bSchemaOnly = 1;
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"summary")==0 ){
        xDiff = summarize_one_table;
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"table")==0 ){
        zTab = argv[++i];
      }else
      {
        cmdlineError("unknown option: %s", argv[i]);
      }
    }else if( zDb1==0 ){
      zDb1 = argv[i];
    }else if( zDb2==0 ){
      zDb2 = argv[i];
    }else{
      cmdlineError("unknown argument: %s", argv[i]);
    }
  }
  if( zDb2==0 ){
    cmdlineError("two database arguments required");
  }
  rc = sqlite3_open(zDb1, &g.db);
  if( rc ){
    cmdlineError("cannot open database file \"%s\"", zDb1);
  }
  rc = sqlite3_exec(g.db, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master", 0, 0, &zErrMsg);
  if( rc || zErrMsg ){
    cmdlineError("\"%s\" does not appear to be a valid SQLite database", zDb1);
  }
  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("ATTACH %Q as aux;", zDb2);
  rc = sqlite3_exec(g.db, zSql, 0, 0, &zErrMsg);
  if( rc || zErrMsg ){
    cmdlineError("cannot attach database \"%s\"", zDb2);
  }
  rc = sqlite3_exec(g.db, "SELECT * FROM aux.sqlite_master", 0, 0, &zErrMsg);
  if( rc || zErrMsg ){
    cmdlineError("\"%s\" does not appear to be a valid SQLite database", zDb2);
  }

  if( zTab ){
    xDiff(zTab, out);
  }else{
    /* Handle tables one by one */
    pStmt = db_prepare(
      "SELECT name FROM main.sqlite_master\n"
      " WHERE type='table' AND sql NOT LIKE 'CREATE VIRTUAL%%'\n"
      " UNION\n"
      "SELECT name FROM aux.sqlite_master\n"
      " WHERE type='table' AND sql NOT LIKE 'CREATE VIRTUAL%%'\n"
      " ORDER BY name"
    );
    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
      xDiff((const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,0), out);
    }
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  }

  /* TBD: Handle trigger differences */
  /* TBD: Handle view differences */
  sqlite3_close(g.db);
  return 0;
}